Mercurial > emacs
annotate src/regex.c @ 11632:ddbe0702ea95
(Fdo_auto_save): Record visited file name
as well as auto-save file name in the auto-save-list-file-name file.
Call Fexpand_file_name for auto-save-list-file-name.
author | Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org> |
---|---|
date | Sun, 30 Apr 1995 19:50:56 +0000 |
parents | eba5c25341ff |
children | a40849041718 |
rev | line source |
---|---|
1155 | 1 /* Extended regular expression matching and search library, |
2454 | 2 version 0.12. |
1155 | 3 (Implements POSIX draft P10003.2/D11.2, except for |
4 internationalization features.) | |
5 | |
7305
c8787065a00e
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7135
diff
changeset
|
6 Copyright (C) 1993, 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
1155 | 7 |
8 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |
10 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) | |
11 any later version. | |
12 | |
13 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
16 GNU General Public License for more details. | |
17 | |
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
19 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software | |
20 Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ | |
21 | |
22 /* AIX requires this to be the first thing in the file. */ | |
23 #if defined (_AIX) && !defined (REGEX_MALLOC) | |
24 #pragma alloca | |
25 #endif | |
26 | |
27 #define _GNU_SOURCE | |
28 | |
4846 | 29 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H |
30 #include <config.h> | |
31 #endif | |
32 | |
1155 | 33 /* We need this for `regex.h', and perhaps for the Emacs include files. */ |
34 #include <sys/types.h> | |
35 | |
10100
461530f66e34
(gettext): Make sure this is always defined, even #if emacs.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10090
diff
changeset
|
36 /* This is for other GNU distributions with internationalized messages. |
461530f66e34
(gettext): Make sure this is always defined, even #if emacs.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10090
diff
changeset
|
37 The GNU C Library itself does not yet support such messages. */ |
461530f66e34
(gettext): Make sure this is always defined, even #if emacs.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10090
diff
changeset
|
38 #if HAVE_LIBINTL_H |
461530f66e34
(gettext): Make sure this is always defined, even #if emacs.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10090
diff
changeset
|
39 # include <libintl.h> |
461530f66e34
(gettext): Make sure this is always defined, even #if emacs.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10090
diff
changeset
|
40 #else |
461530f66e34
(gettext): Make sure this is always defined, even #if emacs.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10090
diff
changeset
|
41 # define gettext(msgid) (msgid) |
461530f66e34
(gettext): Make sure this is always defined, even #if emacs.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10090
diff
changeset
|
42 #endif |
461530f66e34
(gettext): Make sure this is always defined, even #if emacs.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10090
diff
changeset
|
43 |
1155 | 44 /* The `emacs' switch turns on certain matching commands |
45 that make sense only in Emacs. */ | |
46 #ifdef emacs | |
47 | |
48 #include "lisp.h" | |
49 #include "buffer.h" | |
50 #include "syntax.h" | |
51 | |
11622
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
52 #define WIDE_INT EMACS_INT |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
53 |
1155 | 54 #else /* not emacs */ |
55 | |
3766 | 56 #ifdef STDC_HEADERS |
57 #include <stdlib.h> | |
58 #else | |
59 char *malloc (); | |
60 char *realloc (); | |
61 #endif | |
62 | |
11622
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
63 /* This isn't right--it needs to check for machines with 64-bit pointers |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
64 and do something different. But I don't know what, and I don't |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
65 need to deal with it right now. -- rms. */ |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
66 #define WIDE_INT int |
3766 | 67 |
1155 | 68 /* We used to test for `BSTRING' here, but only GCC and Emacs define |
69 `BSTRING', as far as I know, and neither of them use this code. */ | |
7135 | 70 #ifndef INHIBIT_STRING_HEADER |
1641
47ae0840b2b9
*** empty log message ***
David J. MacKenzie <djm@gnu.org>
parents:
1637
diff
changeset
|
71 #if HAVE_STRING_H || STDC_HEADERS |
1155 | 72 #include <string.h> |
1637 | 73 #ifndef bcmp |
1155 | 74 #define bcmp(s1, s2, n) memcmp ((s1), (s2), (n)) |
1637 | 75 #endif |
76 #ifndef bcopy | |
1155 | 77 #define bcopy(s, d, n) memcpy ((d), (s), (n)) |
1637 | 78 #endif |
79 #ifndef bzero | |
1155 | 80 #define bzero(s, n) memset ((s), 0, (n)) |
1637 | 81 #endif |
1155 | 82 #else |
83 #include <strings.h> | |
84 #endif | |
7135 | 85 #endif |
1155 | 86 |
87 /* Define the syntax stuff for \<, \>, etc. */ | |
88 | |
89 /* This must be nonzero for the wordchar and notwordchar pattern | |
90 commands in re_match_2. */ | |
91 #ifndef Sword | |
92 #define Sword 1 | |
93 #endif | |
94 | |
10456
9c6110615166
[!emacs] (SWITCH_ENUM_CAST): New macro, from emacs/lisp.h
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10297
diff
changeset
|
95 #ifdef SWITCH_ENUM_BUG |
9c6110615166
[!emacs] (SWITCH_ENUM_CAST): New macro, from emacs/lisp.h
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10297
diff
changeset
|
96 #define SWITCH_ENUM_CAST(x) ((int)(x)) |
9c6110615166
[!emacs] (SWITCH_ENUM_CAST): New macro, from emacs/lisp.h
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10297
diff
changeset
|
97 #else |
9c6110615166
[!emacs] (SWITCH_ENUM_CAST): New macro, from emacs/lisp.h
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10297
diff
changeset
|
98 #define SWITCH_ENUM_CAST(x) (x) |
9c6110615166
[!emacs] (SWITCH_ENUM_CAST): New macro, from emacs/lisp.h
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10297
diff
changeset
|
99 #endif |
9c6110615166
[!emacs] (SWITCH_ENUM_CAST): New macro, from emacs/lisp.h
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10297
diff
changeset
|
100 |
1155 | 101 #ifdef SYNTAX_TABLE |
102 | |
103 extern char *re_syntax_table; | |
104 | |
105 #else /* not SYNTAX_TABLE */ | |
106 | |
107 /* How many characters in the character set. */ | |
108 #define CHAR_SET_SIZE 256 | |
109 | |
110 static char re_syntax_table[CHAR_SET_SIZE]; | |
111 | |
112 static void | |
113 init_syntax_once () | |
114 { | |
115 register int c; | |
116 static int done = 0; | |
117 | |
118 if (done) | |
119 return; | |
120 | |
121 bzero (re_syntax_table, sizeof re_syntax_table); | |
122 | |
123 for (c = 'a'; c <= 'z'; c++) | |
124 re_syntax_table[c] = Sword; | |
125 | |
126 for (c = 'A'; c <= 'Z'; c++) | |
127 re_syntax_table[c] = Sword; | |
128 | |
129 for (c = '0'; c <= '9'; c++) | |
130 re_syntax_table[c] = Sword; | |
131 | |
132 re_syntax_table['_'] = Sword; | |
133 | |
134 done = 1; | |
135 } | |
136 | |
137 #endif /* not SYNTAX_TABLE */ | |
138 | |
139 #define SYNTAX(c) re_syntax_table[c] | |
140 | |
141 #endif /* not emacs */ | |
142 | |
143 /* Get the interface, including the syntax bits. */ | |
144 #include "regex.h" | |
145 | |
146 /* isalpha etc. are used for the character classes. */ | |
147 #include <ctype.h> | |
1668 | 148 |
2465 | 149 /* Jim Meyering writes: |
150 | |
151 "... Some ctype macros are valid only for character codes that | |
152 isascii says are ASCII (SGI's IRIX-4.0.5 is one such system --when | |
153 using /bin/cc or gcc but without giving an ansi option). So, all | |
154 ctype uses should be through macros like ISPRINT... If | |
155 STDC_HEADERS is defined, then autoconf has verified that the ctype | |
156 macros don't need to be guarded with references to isascii. ... | |
157 Defining isascii to 1 should let any compiler worth its salt | |
158 eliminate the && through constant folding." */ | |
5076 | 159 |
160 #if defined (STDC_HEADERS) || (!defined (isascii) && !defined (HAVE_ISASCII)) | |
161 #define ISASCII(c) 1 | |
162 #else | |
163 #define ISASCII(c) isascii(c) | |
1668 | 164 #endif |
165 | |
166 #ifdef isblank | |
5076 | 167 #define ISBLANK(c) (ISASCII (c) && isblank (c)) |
1668 | 168 #else |
169 #define ISBLANK(c) ((c) == ' ' || (c) == '\t') | |
1155 | 170 #endif |
1668 | 171 #ifdef isgraph |
5076 | 172 #define ISGRAPH(c) (ISASCII (c) && isgraph (c)) |
1668 | 173 #else |
5076 | 174 #define ISGRAPH(c) (ISASCII (c) && isprint (c) && !isspace (c)) |
1155 | 175 #endif |
176 | |
5076 | 177 #define ISPRINT(c) (ISASCII (c) && isprint (c)) |
178 #define ISDIGIT(c) (ISASCII (c) && isdigit (c)) | |
179 #define ISALNUM(c) (ISASCII (c) && isalnum (c)) | |
180 #define ISALPHA(c) (ISASCII (c) && isalpha (c)) | |
181 #define ISCNTRL(c) (ISASCII (c) && iscntrl (c)) | |
182 #define ISLOWER(c) (ISASCII (c) && islower (c)) | |
183 #define ISPUNCT(c) (ISASCII (c) && ispunct (c)) | |
184 #define ISSPACE(c) (ISASCII (c) && isspace (c)) | |
185 #define ISUPPER(c) (ISASCII (c) && isupper (c)) | |
186 #define ISXDIGIT(c) (ISASCII (c) && isxdigit (c)) | |
1668 | 187 |
1155 | 188 #ifndef NULL |
189 #define NULL 0 | |
190 #endif | |
191 | |
192 /* We remove any previous definition of `SIGN_EXTEND_CHAR', | |
193 since ours (we hope) works properly with all combinations of | |
194 machines, compilers, `char' and `unsigned char' argument types. | |
195 (Per Bothner suggested the basic approach.) */ | |
196 #undef SIGN_EXTEND_CHAR | |
197 #if __STDC__ | |
198 #define SIGN_EXTEND_CHAR(c) ((signed char) (c)) | |
1637 | 199 #else /* not __STDC__ */ |
1155 | 200 /* As in Harbison and Steele. */ |
201 #define SIGN_EXTEND_CHAR(c) ((((unsigned char) (c)) ^ 128) - 128) | |
202 #endif | |
203 | |
204 /* Should we use malloc or alloca? If REGEX_MALLOC is not defined, we | |
205 use `alloca' instead of `malloc'. This is because using malloc in | |
206 re_search* or re_match* could cause memory leaks when C-g is used in | |
207 Emacs; also, malloc is slower and causes storage fragmentation. On | |
208 the other hand, malloc is more portable, and easier to debug. | |
209 | |
210 Because we sometimes use alloca, some routines have to be macros, | |
211 not functions -- `alloca'-allocated space disappears at the end of the | |
212 function it is called in. */ | |
213 | |
214 #ifdef REGEX_MALLOC | |
215 | |
216 #define REGEX_ALLOCATE malloc | |
217 #define REGEX_REALLOCATE(source, osize, nsize) realloc (source, nsize) | |
11622
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
218 #define REGEX_FREE free |
1155 | 219 |
220 #else /* not REGEX_MALLOC */ | |
221 | |
222 /* Emacs already defines alloca, sometimes. */ | |
223 #ifndef alloca | |
224 | |
225 /* Make alloca work the best possible way. */ | |
226 #ifdef __GNUC__ | |
227 #define alloca __builtin_alloca | |
228 #else /* not __GNUC__ */ | |
229 #if HAVE_ALLOCA_H | |
230 #include <alloca.h> | |
231 #else /* not __GNUC__ or HAVE_ALLOCA_H */ | |
232 #ifndef _AIX /* Already did AIX, up at the top. */ | |
233 char *alloca (); | |
234 #endif /* not _AIX */ | |
235 #endif /* not HAVE_ALLOCA_H */ | |
236 #endif /* not __GNUC__ */ | |
237 | |
238 #endif /* not alloca */ | |
239 | |
240 #define REGEX_ALLOCATE alloca | |
241 | |
242 /* Assumes a `char *destination' variable. */ | |
243 #define REGEX_REALLOCATE(source, osize, nsize) \ | |
244 (destination = (char *) alloca (nsize), \ | |
245 bcopy (source, destination, osize), \ | |
246 destination) | |
247 | |
11622
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
248 /* No need to do anything to free, after alloca. */ |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
249 #define REGEX_FREE(arg) (0) |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
250 |
1155 | 251 #endif /* not REGEX_MALLOC */ |
252 | |
11622
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
253 /* Define how to allocate the failure stack. */ |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
254 |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
255 #ifdef REL_ALLOC |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
256 #define REGEX_ALLOCATE_STACK(size) \ |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
257 r_alloc (&failure_stack_ptr, (size)) |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
258 #define REGEX_REALLOCATE_STACK(source, osize, nsize) \ |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
259 r_re_alloc (&failure_stack_ptr, (nsize)) |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
260 #define REGEX_FREE_STACK(ptr) \ |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
261 r_alloc_free (&failure_stack_ptr) |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
262 |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
263 #else /* not REL_ALLOC */ |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
264 |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
265 #ifdef REGEX_MALLOC |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
266 |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
267 #define REGEX_ALLOCATE_STACK malloc |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
268 #define REGEX_REALLOCATE_STACK(source, osize, nsize) realloc (source, nsize) |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
269 #define REGEX_FREE_STACK free |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
270 |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
271 #else /* not REGEX_MALLOC */ |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
272 |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
273 #define REGEX_ALLOCATE_STACK alloca |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
274 |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
275 #define REGEX_REALLOCATE_STACK(source, osize, nsize) \ |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
276 REGEX_REALLOCATE (source, osize, nsize) |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
277 /* No need to explicitly free anything. */ |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
278 #define REGEX_FREE_STACK(arg) |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
279 |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
280 #endif /* not REGEX_MALLOC */ |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
281 #endif /* not REL_ALLOC */ |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
282 |
1155 | 283 |
284 /* True if `size1' is non-NULL and PTR is pointing anywhere inside | |
285 `string1' or just past its end. This works if PTR is NULL, which is | |
286 a good thing. */ | |
287 #define FIRST_STRING_P(ptr) \ | |
288 (size1 && string1 <= (ptr) && (ptr) <= string1 + size1) | |
289 | |
290 /* (Re)Allocate N items of type T using malloc, or fail. */ | |
291 #define TALLOC(n, t) ((t *) malloc ((n) * sizeof (t))) | |
292 #define RETALLOC(addr, n, t) ((addr) = (t *) realloc (addr, (n) * sizeof (t))) | |
2949 | 293 #define RETALLOC_IF(addr, n, t) \ |
294 if (addr) RETALLOC((addr), (n), t); else (addr) = TALLOC ((n), t) | |
1155 | 295 #define REGEX_TALLOC(n, t) ((t *) REGEX_ALLOCATE ((n) * sizeof (t))) |
296 | |
297 #define BYTEWIDTH 8 /* In bits. */ | |
298 | |
299 #define STREQ(s1, s2) ((strcmp (s1, s2) == 0)) | |
300 | |
5841 | 301 #undef MAX |
302 #undef MIN | |
1155 | 303 #define MAX(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b)) |
304 #define MIN(a, b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b)) | |
305 | |
306 typedef char boolean; | |
307 #define false 0 | |
308 #define true 1 | |
6083 | 309 |
310 static int re_match_2_internal (); | |
1155 | 311 |
312 /* These are the command codes that appear in compiled regular | |
313 expressions. Some opcodes are followed by argument bytes. A | |
314 command code can specify any interpretation whatsoever for its | |
9585 | 315 arguments. Zero bytes may appear in the compiled regular expression. */ |
1155 | 316 |
317 typedef enum | |
318 { | |
319 no_op = 0, | |
320 | |
9983
ef6e1637c777
(re_opcode_t): New opcode `succeed'
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9717
diff
changeset
|
321 /* Succeed right away--no more backtracking. */ |
ef6e1637c777
(re_opcode_t): New opcode `succeed'
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9717
diff
changeset
|
322 succeed, |
ef6e1637c777
(re_opcode_t): New opcode `succeed'
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9717
diff
changeset
|
323 |
1155 | 324 /* Followed by one byte giving n, then by n literal bytes. */ |
9585 | 325 exactn, |
1155 | 326 |
327 /* Matches any (more or less) character. */ | |
328 anychar, | |
329 | |
330 /* Matches any one char belonging to specified set. First | |
331 following byte is number of bitmap bytes. Then come bytes | |
332 for a bitmap saying which chars are in. Bits in each byte | |
333 are ordered low-bit-first. A character is in the set if its | |
334 bit is 1. A character too large to have a bit in the map is | |
335 automatically not in the set. */ | |
336 charset, | |
337 | |
338 /* Same parameters as charset, but match any character that is | |
339 not one of those specified. */ | |
340 charset_not, | |
341 | |
342 /* Start remembering the text that is matched, for storing in a | |
343 register. Followed by one byte with the register number, in | |
344 the range 0 to one less than the pattern buffer's re_nsub | |
345 field. Then followed by one byte with the number of groups | |
346 inner to this one. (This last has to be part of the | |
347 start_memory only because we need it in the on_failure_jump | |
348 of re_match_2.) */ | |
349 start_memory, | |
350 | |
351 /* Stop remembering the text that is matched and store it in a | |
352 memory register. Followed by one byte with the register | |
353 number, in the range 0 to one less than `re_nsub' in the | |
354 pattern buffer, and one byte with the number of inner groups, | |
355 just like `start_memory'. (We need the number of inner | |
356 groups here because we don't have any easy way of finding the | |
357 corresponding start_memory when we're at a stop_memory.) */ | |
358 stop_memory, | |
359 | |
360 /* Match a duplicate of something remembered. Followed by one | |
361 byte containing the register number. */ | |
362 duplicate, | |
363 | |
364 /* Fail unless at beginning of line. */ | |
365 begline, | |
366 | |
367 /* Fail unless at end of line. */ | |
368 endline, | |
369 | |
370 /* Succeeds if at beginning of buffer (if emacs) or at beginning | |
371 of string to be matched (if not). */ | |
372 begbuf, | |
373 | |
374 /* Analogously, for end of buffer/string. */ | |
375 endbuf, | |
376 | |
377 /* Followed by two byte relative address to which to jump. */ | |
378 jump, | |
379 | |
380 /* Same as jump, but marks the end of an alternative. */ | |
381 jump_past_alt, | |
382 | |
383 /* Followed by two-byte relative address of place to resume at | |
384 in case of failure. */ | |
385 on_failure_jump, | |
386 | |
387 /* Like on_failure_jump, but pushes a placeholder instead of the | |
388 current string position when executed. */ | |
389 on_failure_keep_string_jump, | |
390 | |
391 /* Throw away latest failure point and then jump to following | |
392 two-byte relative address. */ | |
393 pop_failure_jump, | |
394 | |
395 /* Change to pop_failure_jump if know won't have to backtrack to | |
396 match; otherwise change to jump. This is used to jump | |
397 back to the beginning of a repeat. If what follows this jump | |
398 clearly won't match what the repeat does, such that we can be | |
399 sure that there is no use backtracking out of repetitions | |
400 already matched, then we change it to a pop_failure_jump. | |
401 Followed by two-byte address. */ | |
402 maybe_pop_jump, | |
403 | |
404 /* Jump to following two-byte address, and push a dummy failure | |
405 point. This failure point will be thrown away if an attempt | |
406 is made to use it for a failure. A `+' construct makes this | |
407 before the first repeat. Also used as an intermediary kind | |
408 of jump when compiling an alternative. */ | |
409 dummy_failure_jump, | |
410 | |
411 /* Push a dummy failure point and continue. Used at the end of | |
412 alternatives. */ | |
413 push_dummy_failure, | |
414 | |
415 /* Followed by two-byte relative address and two-byte number n. | |
416 After matching N times, jump to the address upon failure. */ | |
417 succeed_n, | |
418 | |
419 /* Followed by two-byte relative address, and two-byte number n. | |
420 Jump to the address N times, then fail. */ | |
421 jump_n, | |
422 | |
423 /* Set the following two-byte relative address to the | |
424 subsequent two-byte number. The address *includes* the two | |
425 bytes of number. */ | |
426 set_number_at, | |
427 | |
428 wordchar, /* Matches any word-constituent character. */ | |
429 notwordchar, /* Matches any char that is not a word-constituent. */ | |
430 | |
431 wordbeg, /* Succeeds if at word beginning. */ | |
432 wordend, /* Succeeds if at word end. */ | |
433 | |
434 wordbound, /* Succeeds if at a word boundary. */ | |
435 notwordbound /* Succeeds if not at a word boundary. */ | |
436 | |
437 #ifdef emacs | |
438 ,before_dot, /* Succeeds if before point. */ | |
439 at_dot, /* Succeeds if at point. */ | |
440 after_dot, /* Succeeds if after point. */ | |
441 | |
442 /* Matches any character whose syntax is specified. Followed by | |
443 a byte which contains a syntax code, e.g., Sword. */ | |
444 syntaxspec, | |
445 | |
446 /* Matches any character whose syntax is not that specified. */ | |
447 notsyntaxspec | |
448 #endif /* emacs */ | |
449 } re_opcode_t; | |
450 | |
451 /* Common operations on the compiled pattern. */ | |
452 | |
453 /* Store NUMBER in two contiguous bytes starting at DESTINATION. */ | |
454 | |
455 #define STORE_NUMBER(destination, number) \ | |
456 do { \ | |
457 (destination)[0] = (number) & 0377; \ | |
458 (destination)[1] = (number) >> 8; \ | |
459 } while (0) | |
460 | |
461 /* Same as STORE_NUMBER, except increment DESTINATION to | |
462 the byte after where the number is stored. Therefore, DESTINATION | |
463 must be an lvalue. */ | |
464 | |
465 #define STORE_NUMBER_AND_INCR(destination, number) \ | |
466 do { \ | |
467 STORE_NUMBER (destination, number); \ | |
468 (destination) += 2; \ | |
469 } while (0) | |
470 | |
471 /* Put into DESTINATION a number stored in two contiguous bytes starting | |
472 at SOURCE. */ | |
473 | |
474 #define EXTRACT_NUMBER(destination, source) \ | |
475 do { \ | |
476 (destination) = *(source) & 0377; \ | |
477 (destination) += SIGN_EXTEND_CHAR (*((source) + 1)) << 8; \ | |
478 } while (0) | |
479 | |
480 #ifdef DEBUG | |
481 static void | |
482 extract_number (dest, source) | |
483 int *dest; | |
484 unsigned char *source; | |
485 { | |
486 int temp = SIGN_EXTEND_CHAR (*(source + 1)); | |
487 *dest = *source & 0377; | |
488 *dest += temp << 8; | |
489 } | |
490 | |
491 #ifndef EXTRACT_MACROS /* To debug the macros. */ | |
492 #undef EXTRACT_NUMBER | |
493 #define EXTRACT_NUMBER(dest, src) extract_number (&dest, src) | |
494 #endif /* not EXTRACT_MACROS */ | |
495 | |
496 #endif /* DEBUG */ | |
497 | |
498 /* Same as EXTRACT_NUMBER, except increment SOURCE to after the number. | |
499 SOURCE must be an lvalue. */ | |
500 | |
501 #define EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR(destination, source) \ | |
502 do { \ | |
503 EXTRACT_NUMBER (destination, source); \ | |
504 (source) += 2; \ | |
505 } while (0) | |
506 | |
507 #ifdef DEBUG | |
508 static void | |
509 extract_number_and_incr (destination, source) | |
510 int *destination; | |
511 unsigned char **source; | |
512 { | |
513 extract_number (destination, *source); | |
514 *source += 2; | |
515 } | |
516 | |
517 #ifndef EXTRACT_MACROS | |
518 #undef EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR | |
519 #define EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR(dest, src) \ | |
520 extract_number_and_incr (&dest, &src) | |
521 #endif /* not EXTRACT_MACROS */ | |
522 | |
523 #endif /* DEBUG */ | |
524 | |
525 /* If DEBUG is defined, Regex prints many voluminous messages about what | |
526 it is doing (if the variable `debug' is nonzero). If linked with the | |
527 main program in `iregex.c', you can enter patterns and strings | |
528 interactively. And if linked with the main program in `main.c' and | |
529 the other test files, you can run the already-written tests. */ | |
530 | |
531 #ifdef DEBUG | |
532 | |
533 /* We use standard I/O for debugging. */ | |
534 #include <stdio.h> | |
535 | |
536 /* It is useful to test things that ``must'' be true when debugging. */ | |
537 #include <assert.h> | |
538 | |
539 static int debug = 0; | |
540 | |
541 #define DEBUG_STATEMENT(e) e | |
542 #define DEBUG_PRINT1(x) if (debug) printf (x) | |
543 #define DEBUG_PRINT2(x1, x2) if (debug) printf (x1, x2) | |
544 #define DEBUG_PRINT3(x1, x2, x3) if (debug) printf (x1, x2, x3) | |
1637 | 545 #define DEBUG_PRINT4(x1, x2, x3, x4) if (debug) printf (x1, x2, x3, x4) |
1155 | 546 #define DEBUG_PRINT_COMPILED_PATTERN(p, s, e) \ |
547 if (debug) print_partial_compiled_pattern (s, e) | |
548 #define DEBUG_PRINT_DOUBLE_STRING(w, s1, sz1, s2, sz2) \ | |
549 if (debug) print_double_string (w, s1, sz1, s2, sz2) | |
550 | |
551 | |
552 /* Print the fastmap in human-readable form. */ | |
553 | |
554 void | |
555 print_fastmap (fastmap) | |
556 char *fastmap; | |
557 { | |
558 unsigned was_a_range = 0; | |
559 unsigned i = 0; | |
560 | |
561 while (i < (1 << BYTEWIDTH)) | |
562 { | |
563 if (fastmap[i++]) | |
564 { | |
565 was_a_range = 0; | |
10297
d6ba9ccec333
(regex_compile): Use putchar, not printchar.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10242
diff
changeset
|
566 putchar (i - 1); |
1155 | 567 while (i < (1 << BYTEWIDTH) && fastmap[i]) |
568 { | |
569 was_a_range = 1; | |
570 i++; | |
571 } | |
572 if (was_a_range) | |
573 { | |
574 printf ("-"); | |
10297
d6ba9ccec333
(regex_compile): Use putchar, not printchar.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10242
diff
changeset
|
575 putchar (i - 1); |
1155 | 576 } |
577 } | |
578 } | |
579 putchar ('\n'); | |
580 } | |
581 | |
582 | |
583 /* Print a compiled pattern string in human-readable form, starting at | |
584 the START pointer into it and ending just before the pointer END. */ | |
585 | |
586 void | |
587 print_partial_compiled_pattern (start, end) | |
588 unsigned char *start; | |
589 unsigned char *end; | |
590 { | |
591 int mcnt, mcnt2; | |
592 unsigned char *p = start; | |
593 unsigned char *pend = end; | |
594 | |
595 if (start == NULL) | |
596 { | |
597 printf ("(null)\n"); | |
598 return; | |
599 } | |
600 | |
601 /* Loop over pattern commands. */ | |
602 while (p < pend) | |
603 { | |
2615 | 604 printf ("%d:\t", p - start); |
605 | |
1155 | 606 switch ((re_opcode_t) *p++) |
607 { | |
608 case no_op: | |
609 printf ("/no_op"); | |
610 break; | |
611 | |
612 case exactn: | |
613 mcnt = *p++; | |
614 printf ("/exactn/%d", mcnt); | |
615 do | |
616 { | |
617 putchar ('/'); | |
10297
d6ba9ccec333
(regex_compile): Use putchar, not printchar.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10242
diff
changeset
|
618 putchar (*p++); |
1155 | 619 } |
620 while (--mcnt); | |
621 break; | |
622 | |
623 case start_memory: | |
624 mcnt = *p++; | |
625 printf ("/start_memory/%d/%d", mcnt, *p++); | |
626 break; | |
627 | |
628 case stop_memory: | |
629 mcnt = *p++; | |
630 printf ("/stop_memory/%d/%d", mcnt, *p++); | |
631 break; | |
632 | |
633 case duplicate: | |
634 printf ("/duplicate/%d", *p++); | |
635 break; | |
636 | |
637 case anychar: | |
638 printf ("/anychar"); | |
639 break; | |
640 | |
641 case charset: | |
642 case charset_not: | |
643 { | |
2615 | 644 register int c, last = -100; |
645 register int in_range = 0; | |
646 | |
647 printf ("/charset [%s", | |
648 (re_opcode_t) *(p - 1) == charset_not ? "^" : ""); | |
1155 | 649 |
650 assert (p + *p < pend); | |
651 | |
2615 | 652 for (c = 0; c < 256; c++) |
653 if (c / 8 < *p | |
654 && (p[1 + (c/8)] & (1 << (c % 8)))) | |
655 { | |
656 /* Are we starting a range? */ | |
657 if (last + 1 == c && ! in_range) | |
658 { | |
659 putchar ('-'); | |
660 in_range = 1; | |
661 } | |
662 /* Have we broken a range? */ | |
663 else if (last + 1 != c && in_range) | |
1155 | 664 { |
10297
d6ba9ccec333
(regex_compile): Use putchar, not printchar.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10242
diff
changeset
|
665 putchar (last); |
2615 | 666 in_range = 0; |
667 } | |
1155 | 668 |
2615 | 669 if (! in_range) |
10297
d6ba9ccec333
(regex_compile): Use putchar, not printchar.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10242
diff
changeset
|
670 putchar (c); |
2615 | 671 |
672 last = c; | |
1155 | 673 } |
2615 | 674 |
675 if (in_range) | |
10297
d6ba9ccec333
(regex_compile): Use putchar, not printchar.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10242
diff
changeset
|
676 putchar (last); |
2615 | 677 |
678 putchar (']'); | |
679 | |
1155 | 680 p += 1 + *p; |
681 } | |
2615 | 682 break; |
1155 | 683 |
684 case begline: | |
685 printf ("/begline"); | |
686 break; | |
687 | |
688 case endline: | |
689 printf ("/endline"); | |
690 break; | |
691 | |
692 case on_failure_jump: | |
693 extract_number_and_incr (&mcnt, &p); | |
2615 | 694 printf ("/on_failure_jump to %d", p + mcnt - start); |
1155 | 695 break; |
696 | |
697 case on_failure_keep_string_jump: | |
698 extract_number_and_incr (&mcnt, &p); | |
2615 | 699 printf ("/on_failure_keep_string_jump to %d", p + mcnt - start); |
1155 | 700 break; |
701 | |
702 case dummy_failure_jump: | |
703 extract_number_and_incr (&mcnt, &p); | |
2615 | 704 printf ("/dummy_failure_jump to %d", p + mcnt - start); |
1155 | 705 break; |
706 | |
707 case push_dummy_failure: | |
708 printf ("/push_dummy_failure"); | |
709 break; | |
710 | |
711 case maybe_pop_jump: | |
712 extract_number_and_incr (&mcnt, &p); | |
2615 | 713 printf ("/maybe_pop_jump to %d", p + mcnt - start); |
1155 | 714 break; |
715 | |
716 case pop_failure_jump: | |
717 extract_number_and_incr (&mcnt, &p); | |
2615 | 718 printf ("/pop_failure_jump to %d", p + mcnt - start); |
1155 | 719 break; |
720 | |
721 case jump_past_alt: | |
722 extract_number_and_incr (&mcnt, &p); | |
2615 | 723 printf ("/jump_past_alt to %d", p + mcnt - start); |
1155 | 724 break; |
725 | |
726 case jump: | |
727 extract_number_and_incr (&mcnt, &p); | |
2615 | 728 printf ("/jump to %d", p + mcnt - start); |
1155 | 729 break; |
730 | |
731 case succeed_n: | |
732 extract_number_and_incr (&mcnt, &p); | |
733 extract_number_and_incr (&mcnt2, &p); | |
2615 | 734 printf ("/succeed_n to %d, %d times", p + mcnt - start, mcnt2); |
1155 | 735 break; |
736 | |
737 case jump_n: | |
738 extract_number_and_incr (&mcnt, &p); | |
739 extract_number_and_incr (&mcnt2, &p); | |
2615 | 740 printf ("/jump_n to %d, %d times", p + mcnt - start, mcnt2); |
1155 | 741 break; |
742 | |
743 case set_number_at: | |
744 extract_number_and_incr (&mcnt, &p); | |
745 extract_number_and_incr (&mcnt2, &p); | |
2615 | 746 printf ("/set_number_at location %d to %d", p + mcnt - start, mcnt2); |
1155 | 747 break; |
748 | |
749 case wordbound: | |
750 printf ("/wordbound"); | |
751 break; | |
752 | |
753 case notwordbound: | |
754 printf ("/notwordbound"); | |
755 break; | |
756 | |
757 case wordbeg: | |
758 printf ("/wordbeg"); | |
759 break; | |
760 | |
761 case wordend: | |
762 printf ("/wordend"); | |
763 | |
764 #ifdef emacs | |
765 case before_dot: | |
766 printf ("/before_dot"); | |
767 break; | |
768 | |
769 case at_dot: | |
770 printf ("/at_dot"); | |
771 break; | |
772 | |
773 case after_dot: | |
774 printf ("/after_dot"); | |
775 break; | |
776 | |
777 case syntaxspec: | |
778 printf ("/syntaxspec"); | |
779 mcnt = *p++; | |
780 printf ("/%d", mcnt); | |
781 break; | |
782 | |
783 case notsyntaxspec: | |
784 printf ("/notsyntaxspec"); | |
785 mcnt = *p++; | |
786 printf ("/%d", mcnt); | |
787 break; | |
788 #endif /* emacs */ | |
789 | |
790 case wordchar: | |
791 printf ("/wordchar"); | |
792 break; | |
793 | |
794 case notwordchar: | |
795 printf ("/notwordchar"); | |
796 break; | |
797 | |
798 case begbuf: | |
799 printf ("/begbuf"); | |
800 break; | |
801 | |
802 case endbuf: | |
803 printf ("/endbuf"); | |
804 break; | |
805 | |
806 default: | |
807 printf ("?%d", *(p-1)); | |
808 } | |
2615 | 809 |
810 putchar ('\n'); | |
1155 | 811 } |
2615 | 812 |
813 printf ("%d:\tend of pattern.\n", p - start); | |
1155 | 814 } |
815 | |
816 | |
817 void | |
818 print_compiled_pattern (bufp) | |
819 struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp; | |
820 { | |
821 unsigned char *buffer = bufp->buffer; | |
822 | |
823 print_partial_compiled_pattern (buffer, buffer + bufp->used); | |
824 printf ("%d bytes used/%d bytes allocated.\n", bufp->used, bufp->allocated); | |
825 | |
826 if (bufp->fastmap_accurate && bufp->fastmap) | |
827 { | |
828 printf ("fastmap: "); | |
829 print_fastmap (bufp->fastmap); | |
830 } | |
831 | |
832 printf ("re_nsub: %d\t", bufp->re_nsub); | |
833 printf ("regs_alloc: %d\t", bufp->regs_allocated); | |
834 printf ("can_be_null: %d\t", bufp->can_be_null); | |
835 printf ("newline_anchor: %d\n", bufp->newline_anchor); | |
836 printf ("no_sub: %d\t", bufp->no_sub); | |
837 printf ("not_bol: %d\t", bufp->not_bol); | |
838 printf ("not_eol: %d\t", bufp->not_eol); | |
839 printf ("syntax: %d\n", bufp->syntax); | |
840 /* Perhaps we should print the translate table? */ | |
841 } | |
842 | |
843 | |
844 void | |
845 print_double_string (where, string1, size1, string2, size2) | |
846 const char *where; | |
847 const char *string1; | |
848 const char *string2; | |
849 int size1; | |
850 int size2; | |
851 { | |
852 unsigned this_char; | |
853 | |
854 if (where == NULL) | |
855 printf ("(null)"); | |
856 else | |
857 { | |
858 if (FIRST_STRING_P (where)) | |
859 { | |
860 for (this_char = where - string1; this_char < size1; this_char++) | |
10297
d6ba9ccec333
(regex_compile): Use putchar, not printchar.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10242
diff
changeset
|
861 putchar (string1[this_char]); |
1155 | 862 |
863 where = string2; | |
864 } | |
865 | |
866 for (this_char = where - string2; this_char < size2; this_char++) | |
10297
d6ba9ccec333
(regex_compile): Use putchar, not printchar.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10242
diff
changeset
|
867 putchar (string2[this_char]); |
1155 | 868 } |
869 } | |
870 | |
871 #else /* not DEBUG */ | |
872 | |
873 #undef assert | |
874 #define assert(e) | |
875 | |
876 #define DEBUG_STATEMENT(e) | |
877 #define DEBUG_PRINT1(x) | |
878 #define DEBUG_PRINT2(x1, x2) | |
879 #define DEBUG_PRINT3(x1, x2, x3) | |
1637 | 880 #define DEBUG_PRINT4(x1, x2, x3, x4) |
1155 | 881 #define DEBUG_PRINT_COMPILED_PATTERN(p, s, e) |
882 #define DEBUG_PRINT_DOUBLE_STRING(w, s1, sz1, s2, sz2) | |
883 | |
884 #endif /* not DEBUG */ | |
885 | |
886 /* Set by `re_set_syntax' to the current regexp syntax to recognize. Can | |
887 also be assigned to arbitrarily: each pattern buffer stores its own | |
888 syntax, so it can be changed between regex compilations. */ | |
9983
ef6e1637c777
(re_opcode_t): New opcode `succeed'
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9717
diff
changeset
|
889 /* This has no initializer because initialized variables in Emacs |
ef6e1637c777
(re_opcode_t): New opcode `succeed'
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9717
diff
changeset
|
890 become read-only after dumping. */ |
ef6e1637c777
(re_opcode_t): New opcode `succeed'
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9717
diff
changeset
|
891 reg_syntax_t re_syntax_options; |
1155 | 892 |
893 | |
894 /* Specify the precise syntax of regexps for compilation. This provides | |
895 for compatibility for various utilities which historically have | |
896 different, incompatible syntaxes. | |
897 | |
898 The argument SYNTAX is a bit mask comprised of the various bits | |
899 defined in regex.h. We return the old syntax. */ | |
900 | |
901 reg_syntax_t | |
902 re_set_syntax (syntax) | |
903 reg_syntax_t syntax; | |
904 { | |
905 reg_syntax_t ret = re_syntax_options; | |
906 | |
907 re_syntax_options = syntax; | |
908 return ret; | |
909 } | |
910 | |
911 /* This table gives an error message for each of the error codes listed | |
10090
672e07670453
(re_compile_pattern, re_comp, regerror): Add gettext wrapper.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
10023
diff
changeset
|
912 in regex.h. Obviously the order here has to be same as there. |
672e07670453
(re_compile_pattern, re_comp, regerror): Add gettext wrapper.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
10023
diff
changeset
|
913 POSIX doesn't require that we do anything for REG_NOERROR, |
672e07670453
(re_compile_pattern, re_comp, regerror): Add gettext wrapper.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
10023
diff
changeset
|
914 but why not be nice? */ |
672e07670453
(re_compile_pattern, re_comp, regerror): Add gettext wrapper.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
10023
diff
changeset
|
915 |
672e07670453
(re_compile_pattern, re_comp, regerror): Add gettext wrapper.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
10023
diff
changeset
|
916 static const char *re_error_msgid[] = |
672e07670453
(re_compile_pattern, re_comp, regerror): Add gettext wrapper.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
10023
diff
changeset
|
917 { "Success", /* REG_NOERROR */ |
1155 | 918 "No match", /* REG_NOMATCH */ |
919 "Invalid regular expression", /* REG_BADPAT */ | |
920 "Invalid collation character", /* REG_ECOLLATE */ | |
921 "Invalid character class name", /* REG_ECTYPE */ | |
922 "Trailing backslash", /* REG_EESCAPE */ | |
923 "Invalid back reference", /* REG_ESUBREG */ | |
924 "Unmatched [ or [^", /* REG_EBRACK */ | |
925 "Unmatched ( or \\(", /* REG_EPAREN */ | |
926 "Unmatched \\{", /* REG_EBRACE */ | |
927 "Invalid content of \\{\\}", /* REG_BADBR */ | |
928 "Invalid range end", /* REG_ERANGE */ | |
929 "Memory exhausted", /* REG_ESPACE */ | |
930 "Invalid preceding regular expression", /* REG_BADRPT */ | |
931 "Premature end of regular expression", /* REG_EEND */ | |
932 "Regular expression too big", /* REG_ESIZE */ | |
933 "Unmatched ) or \\)", /* REG_ERPAREN */ | |
934 }; | |
935 | |
2949 | 936 /* Avoiding alloca during matching, to placate r_alloc. */ |
937 | |
7011 | 938 /* Define MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE unless we need to make sure that the |
2949 | 939 searching and matching functions should not call alloca. On some |
940 systems, alloca is implemented in terms of malloc, and if we're | |
941 using the relocating allocator routines, then malloc could cause a | |
942 relocation, which might (if the strings being searched are in the | |
943 ralloc heap) shift the data out from underneath the regexp | |
3614 | 944 routines. |
945 | |
8142
66a5487be3a7
Be less eager to define MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8114
diff
changeset
|
946 Here's another reason to avoid allocation: Emacs |
66a5487be3a7
Be less eager to define MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8114
diff
changeset
|
947 processes input from X in a signal handler; processing X input may |
3614 | 948 call malloc; if input arrives while a matching routine is calling |
949 malloc, then we're scrod. But Emacs can't just block input while | |
950 calling matching routines; then we don't notice interrupts when | |
951 they come in. So, Emacs blocks input around all regexp calls | |
952 except the matching calls, which it leaves unprotected, in the | |
953 faith that they will not malloc. */ | |
2952 | 954 |
955 /* Normally, this is fine. */ | |
956 #define MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE | |
957 | |
11622
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
958 /* When using GNU C, we are not REALLY using the C alloca, no matter |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
959 what config.h may say. So don't take precautions for it. */ |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
960 #ifdef __GNUC__ |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
961 #undef C_ALLOCA |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
962 #endif |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
963 |
8142
66a5487be3a7
Be less eager to define MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8114
diff
changeset
|
964 /* The match routines may not allocate if (1) they would do it with malloc |
9585 | 965 and (2) it's not safe for them to use malloc. */ |
8142
66a5487be3a7
Be less eager to define MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8114
diff
changeset
|
966 #if (defined (C_ALLOCA) || defined (REGEX_MALLOC)) && (defined (emacs) || defined (REL_ALLOC)) |
2952 | 967 #undef MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE |
2949 | 968 #endif |
969 | |
970 | |
971 /* Failure stack declarations and macros; both re_compile_fastmap and | |
972 re_match_2 use a failure stack. These have to be macros because of | |
11622
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
973 REGEX_ALLOCATE_STACK. */ |
2949 | 974 |
975 | |
976 /* Number of failure points for which to initially allocate space | |
977 when matching. If this number is exceeded, we allocate more | |
978 space, so it is not a hard limit. */ | |
979 #ifndef INIT_FAILURE_ALLOC | |
980 #define INIT_FAILURE_ALLOC 5 | |
981 #endif | |
982 | |
983 /* Roughly the maximum number of failure points on the stack. Would be | |
984 exactly that if always used MAX_FAILURE_SPACE each time we failed. | |
985 This is a variable only so users of regex can assign to it; we never | |
986 change it ourselves. */ | |
11622
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
987 #ifdef REL_ALLOC |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
988 int re_max_failures = 20000000; |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
989 #else |
2949 | 990 int re_max_failures = 2000; |
11622
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
991 #endif |
2949 | 992 |
4918
e928d39564ad
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4846
diff
changeset
|
993 typedef unsigned char *fail_stack_elt_t; |
2949 | 994 |
995 typedef struct | |
996 { | |
997 fail_stack_elt_t *stack; | |
998 unsigned size; | |
999 unsigned avail; /* Offset of next open position. */ | |
1000 } fail_stack_type; | |
1001 | |
1002 #define FAIL_STACK_EMPTY() (fail_stack.avail == 0) | |
1003 #define FAIL_STACK_PTR_EMPTY() (fail_stack_ptr->avail == 0) | |
1004 #define FAIL_STACK_FULL() (fail_stack.avail == fail_stack.size) | |
1005 #define FAIL_STACK_TOP() (fail_stack.stack[fail_stack.avail]) | |
1006 | |
1007 | |
1008 /* Initialize `fail_stack'. Do `return -2' if the alloc fails. */ | |
1009 | |
2952 | 1010 #ifdef MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE |
2949 | 1011 #define INIT_FAIL_STACK() \ |
1012 do { \ | |
1013 fail_stack.stack = (fail_stack_elt_t *) \ | |
11622
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
1014 REGEX_ALLOCATE_STACK (INIT_FAILURE_ALLOC * sizeof (fail_stack_elt_t)); \ |
2949 | 1015 \ |
1016 if (fail_stack.stack == NULL) \ | |
1017 return -2; \ | |
1018 \ | |
1019 fail_stack.size = INIT_FAILURE_ALLOC; \ | |
1020 fail_stack.avail = 0; \ | |
1021 } while (0) | |
1022 #else | |
1023 #define INIT_FAIL_STACK() \ | |
1024 do { \ | |
1025 fail_stack.avail = 0; \ | |
1026 } while (0) | |
1027 #endif | |
1028 | |
1029 | |
1030 /* Double the size of FAIL_STACK, up to approximately `re_max_failures' items. | |
1031 | |
1032 Return 1 if succeeds, and 0 if either ran out of memory | |
1033 allocating space for it or it was already too large. | |
1034 | |
11622
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
1035 REGEX_REALLOCATE_STACK requires `destination' be declared. */ |
2949 | 1036 |
1037 #define DOUBLE_FAIL_STACK(fail_stack) \ | |
1038 ((fail_stack).size > re_max_failures * MAX_FAILURE_ITEMS \ | |
1039 ? 0 \ | |
1040 : ((fail_stack).stack = (fail_stack_elt_t *) \ | |
11622
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
1041 REGEX_REALLOCATE_STACK ((fail_stack).stack, \ |
2949 | 1042 (fail_stack).size * sizeof (fail_stack_elt_t), \ |
1043 ((fail_stack).size << 1) * sizeof (fail_stack_elt_t)), \ | |
1044 \ | |
1045 (fail_stack).stack == NULL \ | |
1046 ? 0 \ | |
1047 : ((fail_stack).size <<= 1, \ | |
1048 1))) | |
1049 | |
1050 | |
1051 /* Push PATTERN_OP on FAIL_STACK. | |
1052 | |
1053 Return 1 if was able to do so and 0 if ran out of memory allocating | |
1054 space to do so. */ | |
1055 #define PUSH_PATTERN_OP(pattern_op, fail_stack) \ | |
1056 ((FAIL_STACK_FULL () \ | |
1057 && !DOUBLE_FAIL_STACK (fail_stack)) \ | |
11622
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
1058 ? 0 \ |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
1059 : ((fail_stack).stack[(fail_stack).avail++] = pattern_op, \ |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
1060 1)) |
2949 | 1061 |
11330
20a91bd7b59d
(re_match_2_internal): Eliminate cast of ptr to int.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10850
diff
changeset
|
1062 /* Push a pointer value onto the failure stack. |
20a91bd7b59d
(re_match_2_internal): Eliminate cast of ptr to int.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10850
diff
changeset
|
1063 Assumes the variable `fail_stack'. Probably should only |
2949 | 1064 be called from within `PUSH_FAILURE_POINT'. */ |
11330
20a91bd7b59d
(re_match_2_internal): Eliminate cast of ptr to int.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10850
diff
changeset
|
1065 #define PUSH_FAILURE_POINTER(item) \ |
20a91bd7b59d
(re_match_2_internal): Eliminate cast of ptr to int.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10850
diff
changeset
|
1066 fail_stack.stack[fail_stack.avail++] = (fail_stack_elt_t) (item) |
20a91bd7b59d
(re_match_2_internal): Eliminate cast of ptr to int.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10850
diff
changeset
|
1067 |
20a91bd7b59d
(re_match_2_internal): Eliminate cast of ptr to int.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10850
diff
changeset
|
1068 /* This pushes an integer-valued item onto the failure stack. |
20a91bd7b59d
(re_match_2_internal): Eliminate cast of ptr to int.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10850
diff
changeset
|
1069 Assumes the variable `fail_stack'. Probably should only |
20a91bd7b59d
(re_match_2_internal): Eliminate cast of ptr to int.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10850
diff
changeset
|
1070 be called from within `PUSH_FAILURE_POINT'. */ |
20a91bd7b59d
(re_match_2_internal): Eliminate cast of ptr to int.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10850
diff
changeset
|
1071 #define PUSH_FAILURE_INT(item) \ |
11622
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
1072 fail_stack.stack[fail_stack.avail++] = (fail_stack_elt_t) (WIDE_INT) (item) |
2949 | 1073 |
1074 /* The complement operation. Assumes `fail_stack' is nonempty. */ | |
11330
20a91bd7b59d
(re_match_2_internal): Eliminate cast of ptr to int.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10850
diff
changeset
|
1075 #define POP_FAILURE_POINTER() fail_stack.stack[--fail_stack.avail] |
20a91bd7b59d
(re_match_2_internal): Eliminate cast of ptr to int.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10850
diff
changeset
|
1076 |
20a91bd7b59d
(re_match_2_internal): Eliminate cast of ptr to int.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10850
diff
changeset
|
1077 /* The complement operation. Assumes `fail_stack' is nonempty. */ |
11622
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
1078 #define POP_FAILURE_INT() (WIDE_INT) fail_stack.stack[--fail_stack.avail] |
2949 | 1079 |
1080 /* Used to omit pushing failure point id's when we're not debugging. */ | |
1081 #ifdef DEBUG | |
11330
20a91bd7b59d
(re_match_2_internal): Eliminate cast of ptr to int.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10850
diff
changeset
|
1082 #define DEBUG_PUSH PUSH_FAILURE_INT |
20a91bd7b59d
(re_match_2_internal): Eliminate cast of ptr to int.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10850
diff
changeset
|
1083 #define DEBUG_POP(item_addr) *(item_addr) = POP_FAILURE_INT () |
2949 | 1084 #else |
1085 #define DEBUG_PUSH(item) | |
1086 #define DEBUG_POP(item_addr) | |
1087 #endif | |
1088 | |
1089 | |
1090 /* Push the information about the state we will need | |
1091 if we ever fail back to it. | |
1092 | |
1093 Requires variables fail_stack, regstart, regend, reg_info, and | |
1094 num_regs be declared. DOUBLE_FAIL_STACK requires `destination' be | |
1095 declared. | |
1096 | |
1097 Does `return FAILURE_CODE' if runs out of memory. */ | |
1098 | |
1099 #define PUSH_FAILURE_POINT(pattern_place, string_place, failure_code) \ | |
1100 do { \ | |
1101 char *destination; \ | |
1102 /* Must be int, so when we don't save any registers, the arithmetic \ | |
1103 of 0 + -1 isn't done as unsigned. */ \ | |
1104 int this_reg; \ | |
1105 \ | |
1106 DEBUG_STATEMENT (failure_id++); \ | |
1107 DEBUG_STATEMENT (nfailure_points_pushed++); \ | |
1108 DEBUG_PRINT2 ("\nPUSH_FAILURE_POINT #%u:\n", failure_id); \ | |
1109 DEBUG_PRINT2 (" Before push, next avail: %d\n", (fail_stack).avail);\ | |
1110 DEBUG_PRINT2 (" size: %d\n", (fail_stack).size);\ | |
1111 \ | |
1112 DEBUG_PRINT2 (" slots needed: %d\n", NUM_FAILURE_ITEMS); \ | |
1113 DEBUG_PRINT2 (" available: %d\n", REMAINING_AVAIL_SLOTS); \ | |
1114 \ | |
1115 /* Ensure we have enough space allocated for what we will push. */ \ | |
1116 while (REMAINING_AVAIL_SLOTS < NUM_FAILURE_ITEMS) \ | |
1117 { \ | |
11622
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
1118 if (!DOUBLE_FAIL_STACK (fail_stack)) \ |
2949 | 1119 return failure_code; \ |
1120 \ | |
1121 DEBUG_PRINT2 ("\n Doubled stack; size now: %d\n", \ | |
1122 (fail_stack).size); \ | |
1123 DEBUG_PRINT2 (" slots available: %d\n", REMAINING_AVAIL_SLOTS);\ | |
1124 } \ | |
1125 \ | |
1126 /* Push the info, starting with the registers. */ \ | |
1127 DEBUG_PRINT1 ("\n"); \ | |
1128 \ | |
1129 for (this_reg = lowest_active_reg; this_reg <= highest_active_reg; \ | |
1130 this_reg++) \ | |
1131 { \ | |
1132 DEBUG_PRINT2 (" Pushing reg: %d\n", this_reg); \ | |
1133 DEBUG_STATEMENT (num_regs_pushed++); \ | |
1134 \ | |
1135 DEBUG_PRINT2 (" start: 0x%x\n", regstart[this_reg]); \ | |
11330
20a91bd7b59d
(re_match_2_internal): Eliminate cast of ptr to int.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10850
diff
changeset
|
1136 PUSH_FAILURE_POINTER (regstart[this_reg]); \ |
2949 | 1137 \ |
1138 DEBUG_PRINT2 (" end: 0x%x\n", regend[this_reg]); \ | |
11330
20a91bd7b59d
(re_match_2_internal): Eliminate cast of ptr to int.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10850
diff
changeset
|
1139 PUSH_FAILURE_POINTER (regend[this_reg]); \ |
2949 | 1140 \ |
1141 DEBUG_PRINT2 (" info: 0x%x\n ", reg_info[this_reg]); \ | |
1142 DEBUG_PRINT2 (" match_null=%d", \ | |
1143 REG_MATCH_NULL_STRING_P (reg_info[this_reg])); \ | |
1144 DEBUG_PRINT2 (" active=%d", IS_ACTIVE (reg_info[this_reg])); \ | |
1145 DEBUG_PRINT2 (" matched_something=%d", \ | |
1146 MATCHED_SOMETHING (reg_info[this_reg])); \ | |
1147 DEBUG_PRINT2 (" ever_matched=%d", \ | |
1148 EVER_MATCHED_SOMETHING (reg_info[this_reg])); \ | |
1149 DEBUG_PRINT1 ("\n"); \ | |
11330
20a91bd7b59d
(re_match_2_internal): Eliminate cast of ptr to int.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10850
diff
changeset
|
1150 PUSH_FAILURE_POINTER (reg_info[this_reg].word); \ |
2949 | 1151 } \ |
1152 \ | |
1153 DEBUG_PRINT2 (" Pushing low active reg: %d\n", lowest_active_reg);\ | |
11330
20a91bd7b59d
(re_match_2_internal): Eliminate cast of ptr to int.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10850
diff
changeset
|
1154 PUSH_FAILURE_INT (lowest_active_reg); \ |
2949 | 1155 \ |
1156 DEBUG_PRINT2 (" Pushing high active reg: %d\n", highest_active_reg);\ | |
11330
20a91bd7b59d
(re_match_2_internal): Eliminate cast of ptr to int.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10850
diff
changeset
|
1157 PUSH_FAILURE_INT (highest_active_reg); \ |
2949 | 1158 \ |
1159 DEBUG_PRINT2 (" Pushing pattern 0x%x: ", pattern_place); \ | |
1160 DEBUG_PRINT_COMPILED_PATTERN (bufp, pattern_place, pend); \ | |
11330
20a91bd7b59d
(re_match_2_internal): Eliminate cast of ptr to int.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10850
diff
changeset
|
1161 PUSH_FAILURE_POINTER (pattern_place); \ |
2949 | 1162 \ |
1163 DEBUG_PRINT2 (" Pushing string 0x%x: `", string_place); \ | |
1164 DEBUG_PRINT_DOUBLE_STRING (string_place, string1, size1, string2, \ | |
1165 size2); \ | |
1166 DEBUG_PRINT1 ("'\n"); \ | |
11330
20a91bd7b59d
(re_match_2_internal): Eliminate cast of ptr to int.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10850
diff
changeset
|
1167 PUSH_FAILURE_POINTER (string_place); \ |
2949 | 1168 \ |
1169 DEBUG_PRINT2 (" Pushing failure id: %u\n", failure_id); \ | |
1170 DEBUG_PUSH (failure_id); \ | |
1171 } while (0) | |
1172 | |
1173 /* This is the number of items that are pushed and popped on the stack | |
1174 for each register. */ | |
1175 #define NUM_REG_ITEMS 3 | |
1176 | |
1177 /* Individual items aside from the registers. */ | |
1178 #ifdef DEBUG | |
1179 #define NUM_NONREG_ITEMS 5 /* Includes failure point id. */ | |
1180 #else | |
1181 #define NUM_NONREG_ITEMS 4 | |
1182 #endif | |
1183 | |
1184 /* We push at most this many items on the stack. */ | |
1185 #define MAX_FAILURE_ITEMS ((num_regs - 1) * NUM_REG_ITEMS + NUM_NONREG_ITEMS) | |
1186 | |
1187 /* We actually push this many items. */ | |
1188 #define NUM_FAILURE_ITEMS \ | |
1189 ((highest_active_reg - lowest_active_reg + 1) * NUM_REG_ITEMS \ | |
1190 + NUM_NONREG_ITEMS) | |
1191 | |
1192 /* How many items can still be added to the stack without overflowing it. */ | |
1193 #define REMAINING_AVAIL_SLOTS ((fail_stack).size - (fail_stack).avail) | |
1194 | |
1195 | |
1196 /* Pops what PUSH_FAIL_STACK pushes. | |
1197 | |
1198 We restore into the parameters, all of which should be lvalues: | |
1199 STR -- the saved data position. | |
1200 PAT -- the saved pattern position. | |
1201 LOW_REG, HIGH_REG -- the highest and lowest active registers. | |
1202 REGSTART, REGEND -- arrays of string positions. | |
1203 REG_INFO -- array of information about each subexpression. | |
1204 | |
1205 Also assumes the variables `fail_stack' and (if debugging), `bufp', | |
1206 `pend', `string1', `size1', `string2', and `size2'. */ | |
1207 | |
1208 #define POP_FAILURE_POINT(str, pat, low_reg, high_reg, regstart, regend, reg_info)\ | |
1209 { \ | |
1210 DEBUG_STATEMENT (fail_stack_elt_t failure_id;) \ | |
1211 int this_reg; \ | |
1212 const unsigned char *string_temp; \ | |
1213 \ | |
1214 assert (!FAIL_STACK_EMPTY ()); \ | |
1215 \ | |
1216 /* Remove failure points and point to how many regs pushed. */ \ | |
1217 DEBUG_PRINT1 ("POP_FAILURE_POINT:\n"); \ | |
1218 DEBUG_PRINT2 (" Before pop, next avail: %d\n", fail_stack.avail); \ | |
1219 DEBUG_PRINT2 (" size: %d\n", fail_stack.size); \ | |
1220 \ | |
1221 assert (fail_stack.avail >= NUM_NONREG_ITEMS); \ | |
1222 \ | |
1223 DEBUG_POP (&failure_id); \ | |
1224 DEBUG_PRINT2 (" Popping failure id: %u\n", failure_id); \ | |
1225 \ | |
1226 /* If the saved string location is NULL, it came from an \ | |
1227 on_failure_keep_string_jump opcode, and we want to throw away the \ | |
1228 saved NULL, thus retaining our current position in the string. */ \ | |
11330
20a91bd7b59d
(re_match_2_internal): Eliminate cast of ptr to int.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10850
diff
changeset
|
1229 string_temp = POP_FAILURE_POINTER (); \ |
2949 | 1230 if (string_temp != NULL) \ |
1231 str = (const char *) string_temp; \ | |
1232 \ | |
1233 DEBUG_PRINT2 (" Popping string 0x%x: `", str); \ | |
1234 DEBUG_PRINT_DOUBLE_STRING (str, string1, size1, string2, size2); \ | |
1235 DEBUG_PRINT1 ("'\n"); \ | |
1236 \ | |
11330
20a91bd7b59d
(re_match_2_internal): Eliminate cast of ptr to int.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10850
diff
changeset
|
1237 pat = (unsigned char *) POP_FAILURE_POINTER (); \ |
2949 | 1238 DEBUG_PRINT2 (" Popping pattern 0x%x: ", pat); \ |
1239 DEBUG_PRINT_COMPILED_PATTERN (bufp, pat, pend); \ | |
1240 \ | |
1241 /* Restore register info. */ \ | |
11330
20a91bd7b59d
(re_match_2_internal): Eliminate cast of ptr to int.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10850
diff
changeset
|
1242 high_reg = (unsigned) POP_FAILURE_INT (); \ |
2949 | 1243 DEBUG_PRINT2 (" Popping high active reg: %d\n", high_reg); \ |
1244 \ | |
11330
20a91bd7b59d
(re_match_2_internal): Eliminate cast of ptr to int.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10850
diff
changeset
|
1245 low_reg = (unsigned) POP_FAILURE_INT (); \ |
2949 | 1246 DEBUG_PRINT2 (" Popping low active reg: %d\n", low_reg); \ |
1247 \ | |
1248 for (this_reg = high_reg; this_reg >= low_reg; this_reg--) \ | |
1249 { \ | |
1250 DEBUG_PRINT2 (" Popping reg: %d\n", this_reg); \ | |
1251 \ | |
11330
20a91bd7b59d
(re_match_2_internal): Eliminate cast of ptr to int.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10850
diff
changeset
|
1252 reg_info[this_reg].word = POP_FAILURE_POINTER (); \ |
2949 | 1253 DEBUG_PRINT2 (" info: 0x%x\n", reg_info[this_reg]); \ |
1254 \ | |
11330
20a91bd7b59d
(re_match_2_internal): Eliminate cast of ptr to int.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10850
diff
changeset
|
1255 regend[this_reg] = (const char *) POP_FAILURE_POINTER (); \ |
2949 | 1256 DEBUG_PRINT2 (" end: 0x%x\n", regend[this_reg]); \ |
1257 \ | |
11330
20a91bd7b59d
(re_match_2_internal): Eliminate cast of ptr to int.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10850
diff
changeset
|
1258 regstart[this_reg] = (const char *) POP_FAILURE_POINTER (); \ |
2949 | 1259 DEBUG_PRINT2 (" start: 0x%x\n", regstart[this_reg]); \ |
1260 } \ | |
1261 \ | |
10242
8fa35cc770be
(SET_REGS_MATCHED): Do nothing if set_regs_matched_done is 1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10148
diff
changeset
|
1262 set_regs_matched_done = 0; \ |
2949 | 1263 DEBUG_STATEMENT (nfailure_points_popped++); \ |
1264 } /* POP_FAILURE_POINT */ | |
1265 | |
1266 | |
1267 | |
1268 /* Structure for per-register (a.k.a. per-group) information. | |
1269 This must not be longer than one word, because we push this value | |
1270 onto the failure stack. Other register information, such as the | |
1271 starting and ending positions (which are addresses), and the list of | |
1272 inner groups (which is a bits list) are maintained in separate | |
1273 variables. | |
1274 | |
1275 We are making a (strictly speaking) nonportable assumption here: that | |
1276 the compiler will pack our bit fields into something that fits into | |
1277 the type of `word', i.e., is something that fits into one item on the | |
1278 failure stack. */ | |
1279 typedef union | |
1280 { | |
1281 fail_stack_elt_t word; | |
1282 struct | |
1283 { | |
1284 /* This field is one if this group can match the empty string, | |
1285 zero if not. If not yet determined, `MATCH_NULL_UNSET_VALUE'. */ | |
1286 #define MATCH_NULL_UNSET_VALUE 3 | |
1287 unsigned match_null_string_p : 2; | |
1288 unsigned is_active : 1; | |
1289 unsigned matched_something : 1; | |
1290 unsigned ever_matched_something : 1; | |
1291 } bits; | |
1292 } register_info_type; | |
1293 | |
1294 #define REG_MATCH_NULL_STRING_P(R) ((R).bits.match_null_string_p) | |
1295 #define IS_ACTIVE(R) ((R).bits.is_active) | |
1296 #define MATCHED_SOMETHING(R) ((R).bits.matched_something) | |
1297 #define EVER_MATCHED_SOMETHING(R) ((R).bits.ever_matched_something) | |
1298 | |
1299 | |
1300 /* Call this when have matched a real character; it sets `matched' flags | |
1301 for the subexpressions which we are currently inside. Also records | |
1302 that those subexprs have matched. */ | |
10850
0794141677db
(SET_REGS_MATCHED): Enclose if-stmt in `do {...} while(0)'
Jim Meyering <jim@meyering.net>
parents:
10456
diff
changeset
|
1303 #define SET_REGS_MATCHED() \ |
0794141677db
(SET_REGS_MATCHED): Enclose if-stmt in `do {...} while(0)'
Jim Meyering <jim@meyering.net>
parents:
10456
diff
changeset
|
1304 do \ |
0794141677db
(SET_REGS_MATCHED): Enclose if-stmt in `do {...} while(0)'
Jim Meyering <jim@meyering.net>
parents:
10456
diff
changeset
|
1305 { \ |
0794141677db
(SET_REGS_MATCHED): Enclose if-stmt in `do {...} while(0)'
Jim Meyering <jim@meyering.net>
parents:
10456
diff
changeset
|
1306 if (!set_regs_matched_done) \ |
0794141677db
(SET_REGS_MATCHED): Enclose if-stmt in `do {...} while(0)'
Jim Meyering <jim@meyering.net>
parents:
10456
diff
changeset
|
1307 { \ |
0794141677db
(SET_REGS_MATCHED): Enclose if-stmt in `do {...} while(0)'
Jim Meyering <jim@meyering.net>
parents:
10456
diff
changeset
|
1308 unsigned r; \ |
0794141677db
(SET_REGS_MATCHED): Enclose if-stmt in `do {...} while(0)'
Jim Meyering <jim@meyering.net>
parents:
10456
diff
changeset
|
1309 set_regs_matched_done = 1; \ |
0794141677db
(SET_REGS_MATCHED): Enclose if-stmt in `do {...} while(0)'
Jim Meyering <jim@meyering.net>
parents:
10456
diff
changeset
|
1310 for (r = lowest_active_reg; r <= highest_active_reg; r++) \ |
0794141677db
(SET_REGS_MATCHED): Enclose if-stmt in `do {...} while(0)'
Jim Meyering <jim@meyering.net>
parents:
10456
diff
changeset
|
1311 { \ |
0794141677db
(SET_REGS_MATCHED): Enclose if-stmt in `do {...} while(0)'
Jim Meyering <jim@meyering.net>
parents:
10456
diff
changeset
|
1312 MATCHED_SOMETHING (reg_info[r]) \ |
0794141677db
(SET_REGS_MATCHED): Enclose if-stmt in `do {...} while(0)'
Jim Meyering <jim@meyering.net>
parents:
10456
diff
changeset
|
1313 = EVER_MATCHED_SOMETHING (reg_info[r]) \ |
0794141677db
(SET_REGS_MATCHED): Enclose if-stmt in `do {...} while(0)'
Jim Meyering <jim@meyering.net>
parents:
10456
diff
changeset
|
1314 = 1; \ |
0794141677db
(SET_REGS_MATCHED): Enclose if-stmt in `do {...} while(0)'
Jim Meyering <jim@meyering.net>
parents:
10456
diff
changeset
|
1315 } \ |
0794141677db
(SET_REGS_MATCHED): Enclose if-stmt in `do {...} while(0)'
Jim Meyering <jim@meyering.net>
parents:
10456
diff
changeset
|
1316 } \ |
0794141677db
(SET_REGS_MATCHED): Enclose if-stmt in `do {...} while(0)'
Jim Meyering <jim@meyering.net>
parents:
10456
diff
changeset
|
1317 } \ |
0794141677db
(SET_REGS_MATCHED): Enclose if-stmt in `do {...} while(0)'
Jim Meyering <jim@meyering.net>
parents:
10456
diff
changeset
|
1318 while (0) |
2949 | 1319 |
1320 /* Registers are set to a sentinel when they haven't yet matched. */ | |
10148
692093cc08d7
[REG_UNSET_VALUE]: Define to the address of a static variable rather than to
Jim Meyering <jim@meyering.net>
parents:
10100
diff
changeset
|
1321 static char reg_unset_dummy; |
692093cc08d7
[REG_UNSET_VALUE]: Define to the address of a static variable rather than to
Jim Meyering <jim@meyering.net>
parents:
10100
diff
changeset
|
1322 #define REG_UNSET_VALUE (®_unset_dummy) |
2949 | 1323 #define REG_UNSET(e) ((e) == REG_UNSET_VALUE) |
1324 | |
1155 | 1325 /* Subroutine declarations and macros for regex_compile. */ |
1326 | |
1327 static void store_op1 (), store_op2 (); | |
1328 static void insert_op1 (), insert_op2 (); | |
1329 static boolean at_begline_loc_p (), at_endline_loc_p (); | |
1330 static boolean group_in_compile_stack (); | |
1331 static reg_errcode_t compile_range (); | |
1332 | |
1333 /* Fetch the next character in the uncompiled pattern---translating it | |
1334 if necessary. Also cast from a signed character in the constant | |
1335 string passed to us by the user to an unsigned char that we can use | |
1336 as an array index (in, e.g., `translate'). */ | |
1337 #define PATFETCH(c) \ | |
1338 do {if (p == pend) return REG_EEND; \ | |
1339 c = (unsigned char) *p++; \ | |
1340 if (translate) c = translate[c]; \ | |
1341 } while (0) | |
1342 | |
1343 /* Fetch the next character in the uncompiled pattern, with no | |
1344 translation. */ | |
1345 #define PATFETCH_RAW(c) \ | |
1346 do {if (p == pend) return REG_EEND; \ | |
1347 c = (unsigned char) *p++; \ | |
1348 } while (0) | |
1349 | |
1350 /* Go backwards one character in the pattern. */ | |
1351 #define PATUNFETCH p-- | |
1352 | |
1353 | |
1354 /* If `translate' is non-null, return translate[D], else just D. We | |
1355 cast the subscript to translate because some data is declared as | |
1356 `char *', to avoid warnings when a string constant is passed. But | |
1357 when we use a character as a subscript we must make it unsigned. */ | |
1358 #define TRANSLATE(d) (translate ? translate[(unsigned char) (d)] : (d)) | |
1359 | |
1360 | |
1361 /* Macros for outputting the compiled pattern into `buffer'. */ | |
1362 | |
1363 /* If the buffer isn't allocated when it comes in, use this. */ | |
1364 #define INIT_BUF_SIZE 32 | |
1365 | |
1366 /* Make sure we have at least N more bytes of space in buffer. */ | |
1367 #define GET_BUFFER_SPACE(n) \ | |
1368 while (b - bufp->buffer + (n) > bufp->allocated) \ | |
1369 EXTEND_BUFFER () | |
1370 | |
1371 /* Make sure we have one more byte of buffer space and then add C to it. */ | |
1372 #define BUF_PUSH(c) \ | |
1373 do { \ | |
1374 GET_BUFFER_SPACE (1); \ | |
1375 *b++ = (unsigned char) (c); \ | |
1376 } while (0) | |
1377 | |
1378 | |
1379 /* Ensure we have two more bytes of buffer space and then append C1 and C2. */ | |
1380 #define BUF_PUSH_2(c1, c2) \ | |
1381 do { \ | |
1382 GET_BUFFER_SPACE (2); \ | |
1383 *b++ = (unsigned char) (c1); \ | |
1384 *b++ = (unsigned char) (c2); \ | |
1385 } while (0) | |
1386 | |
1387 | |
1388 /* As with BUF_PUSH_2, except for three bytes. */ | |
1389 #define BUF_PUSH_3(c1, c2, c3) \ | |
1390 do { \ | |
1391 GET_BUFFER_SPACE (3); \ | |
1392 *b++ = (unsigned char) (c1); \ | |
1393 *b++ = (unsigned char) (c2); \ | |
1394 *b++ = (unsigned char) (c3); \ | |
1395 } while (0) | |
1396 | |
1397 | |
1398 /* Store a jump with opcode OP at LOC to location TO. We store a | |
1399 relative address offset by the three bytes the jump itself occupies. */ | |
1400 #define STORE_JUMP(op, loc, to) \ | |
1401 store_op1 (op, loc, (to) - (loc) - 3) | |
1402 | |
1403 /* Likewise, for a two-argument jump. */ | |
1404 #define STORE_JUMP2(op, loc, to, arg) \ | |
1405 store_op2 (op, loc, (to) - (loc) - 3, arg) | |
1406 | |
1407 /* Like `STORE_JUMP', but for inserting. Assume `b' is the buffer end. */ | |
1408 #define INSERT_JUMP(op, loc, to) \ | |
1409 insert_op1 (op, loc, (to) - (loc) - 3, b) | |
1410 | |
1411 /* Like `STORE_JUMP2', but for inserting. Assume `b' is the buffer end. */ | |
1412 #define INSERT_JUMP2(op, loc, to, arg) \ | |
1413 insert_op2 (op, loc, (to) - (loc) - 3, arg, b) | |
1414 | |
1415 | |
1416 /* This is not an arbitrary limit: the arguments which represent offsets | |
1417 into the pattern are two bytes long. So if 2^16 bytes turns out to | |
1418 be too small, many things would have to change. */ | |
1419 #define MAX_BUF_SIZE (1L << 16) | |
1420 | |
1421 | |
1422 /* Extend the buffer by twice its current size via realloc and | |
1423 reset the pointers that pointed into the old block to point to the | |
1424 correct places in the new one. If extending the buffer results in it | |
1425 being larger than MAX_BUF_SIZE, then flag memory exhausted. */ | |
1426 #define EXTEND_BUFFER() \ | |
1427 do { \ | |
1428 unsigned char *old_buffer = bufp->buffer; \ | |
1429 if (bufp->allocated == MAX_BUF_SIZE) \ | |
1430 return REG_ESIZE; \ | |
1431 bufp->allocated <<= 1; \ | |
1432 if (bufp->allocated > MAX_BUF_SIZE) \ | |
1433 bufp->allocated = MAX_BUF_SIZE; \ | |
1434 bufp->buffer = (unsigned char *) realloc (bufp->buffer, bufp->allocated);\ | |
1435 if (bufp->buffer == NULL) \ | |
1436 return REG_ESPACE; \ | |
1437 /* If the buffer moved, move all the pointers into it. */ \ | |
1438 if (old_buffer != bufp->buffer) \ | |
1439 { \ | |
1440 b = (b - old_buffer) + bufp->buffer; \ | |
1441 begalt = (begalt - old_buffer) + bufp->buffer; \ | |
1442 if (fixup_alt_jump) \ | |
1443 fixup_alt_jump = (fixup_alt_jump - old_buffer) + bufp->buffer;\ | |
1444 if (laststart) \ | |
1445 laststart = (laststart - old_buffer) + bufp->buffer; \ | |
1446 if (pending_exact) \ | |
1447 pending_exact = (pending_exact - old_buffer) + bufp->buffer; \ | |
1448 } \ | |
1449 } while (0) | |
1450 | |
1451 | |
1452 /* Since we have one byte reserved for the register number argument to | |
1453 {start,stop}_memory, the maximum number of groups we can report | |
1454 things about is what fits in that byte. */ | |
1455 #define MAX_REGNUM 255 | |
1456 | |
1457 /* But patterns can have more than `MAX_REGNUM' registers. We just | |
1458 ignore the excess. */ | |
1459 typedef unsigned regnum_t; | |
1460 | |
1461 | |
1462 /* Macros for the compile stack. */ | |
1463 | |
1464 /* Since offsets can go either forwards or backwards, this type needs to | |
1465 be able to hold values from -(MAX_BUF_SIZE - 1) to MAX_BUF_SIZE - 1. */ | |
1466 typedef int pattern_offset_t; | |
1467 | |
1468 typedef struct | |
1469 { | |
1470 pattern_offset_t begalt_offset; | |
1471 pattern_offset_t fixup_alt_jump; | |
1472 pattern_offset_t inner_group_offset; | |
1473 pattern_offset_t laststart_offset; | |
1474 regnum_t regnum; | |
1475 } compile_stack_elt_t; | |
1476 | |
1477 | |
1478 typedef struct | |
1479 { | |
1480 compile_stack_elt_t *stack; | |
1481 unsigned size; | |
1482 unsigned avail; /* Offset of next open position. */ | |
1483 } compile_stack_type; | |
1484 | |
1485 | |
1486 #define INIT_COMPILE_STACK_SIZE 32 | |
1487 | |
1488 #define COMPILE_STACK_EMPTY (compile_stack.avail == 0) | |
1489 #define COMPILE_STACK_FULL (compile_stack.avail == compile_stack.size) | |
1490 | |
1491 /* The next available element. */ | |
1492 #define COMPILE_STACK_TOP (compile_stack.stack[compile_stack.avail]) | |
1493 | |
1494 | |
1495 /* Set the bit for character C in a list. */ | |
1496 #define SET_LIST_BIT(c) \ | |
1497 (b[((unsigned char) (c)) / BYTEWIDTH] \ | |
1498 |= 1 << (((unsigned char) c) % BYTEWIDTH)) | |
1499 | |
1500 | |
1501 /* Get the next unsigned number in the uncompiled pattern. */ | |
1502 #define GET_UNSIGNED_NUMBER(num) \ | |
1503 { if (p != pend) \ | |
1504 { \ | |
1505 PATFETCH (c); \ | |
1668 | 1506 while (ISDIGIT (c)) \ |
1155 | 1507 { \ |
1508 if (num < 0) \ | |
1509 num = 0; \ | |
1510 num = num * 10 + c - '0'; \ | |
1511 if (p == pend) \ | |
1512 break; \ | |
1513 PATFETCH (c); \ | |
1514 } \ | |
1515 } \ | |
1516 } | |
1517 | |
1518 #define CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH 6 /* Namely, `xdigit'. */ | |
1519 | |
1520 #define IS_CHAR_CLASS(string) \ | |
1521 (STREQ (string, "alpha") || STREQ (string, "upper") \ | |
1522 || STREQ (string, "lower") || STREQ (string, "digit") \ | |
1523 || STREQ (string, "alnum") || STREQ (string, "xdigit") \ | |
1524 || STREQ (string, "space") || STREQ (string, "print") \ | |
1525 || STREQ (string, "punct") || STREQ (string, "graph") \ | |
1526 || STREQ (string, "cntrl") || STREQ (string, "blank")) | |
1527 | |
11622
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
1528 #ifndef MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
1529 |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
1530 /* If we cannot allocate large objects within re_match_2_internal, |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
1531 we make the fail stack and register vectors global. |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
1532 The fail stack, we grow to the maximum size when a regexp |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
1533 is compiled. |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
1534 The register vectors, we adjust in size each time we |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
1535 compile a regexp, according to the number of registers it needs. */ |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
1536 |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
1537 static fail_stack_type fail_stack; |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
1538 |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
1539 /* Size with which the following vectors are currently allocated. |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
1540 That is so we can make them bigger as needed, |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
1541 but never make them smaller. */ |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
1542 static int regs_allocated_size; |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
1543 |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
1544 static const char ** regstart, ** regend; |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
1545 static const char ** old_regstart, ** old_regend; |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
1546 static const char **best_regstart, **best_regend; |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
1547 static register_info_type *reg_info; |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
1548 static const char **reg_dummy; |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
1549 static register_info_type *reg_info_dummy; |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
1550 |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
1551 /* Make the register vectors big enough for NUM_REGS registers, |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
1552 but don't make them smaller. */ |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
1553 |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
1554 static |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
1555 regex_grow_registers (num_regs) |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
1556 int num_regs; |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
1557 { |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
1558 if (num_regs > regs_allocated_size) |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
1559 { |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
1560 RETALLOC_IF (regstart, num_regs, const char *); |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
1561 RETALLOC_IF (regend, num_regs, const char *); |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
1562 RETALLOC_IF (old_regstart, num_regs, const char *); |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
1563 RETALLOC_IF (old_regend, num_regs, const char *); |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
1564 RETALLOC_IF (best_regstart, num_regs, const char *); |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
1565 RETALLOC_IF (best_regend, num_regs, const char *); |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
1566 RETALLOC_IF (reg_info, num_regs, register_info_type); |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
1567 RETALLOC_IF (reg_dummy, num_regs, const char *); |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
1568 RETALLOC_IF (reg_info_dummy, num_regs, register_info_type); |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
1569 |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
1570 regs_allocated_size = num_regs; |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
1571 } |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
1572 } |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
1573 |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
1574 #endif /* not MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE */ |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
1575 |
1155 | 1576 /* `regex_compile' compiles PATTERN (of length SIZE) according to SYNTAX. |
1577 Returns one of error codes defined in `regex.h', or zero for success. | |
1578 | |
1579 Assumes the `allocated' (and perhaps `buffer') and `translate' | |
1580 fields are set in BUFP on entry. | |
1581 | |
1582 If it succeeds, results are put in BUFP (if it returns an error, the | |
1583 contents of BUFP are undefined): | |
1584 `buffer' is the compiled pattern; | |
1585 `syntax' is set to SYNTAX; | |
1586 `used' is set to the length of the compiled pattern; | |
1637 | 1587 `fastmap_accurate' is zero; |
1588 `re_nsub' is the number of subexpressions in PATTERN; | |
1589 `not_bol' and `not_eol' are zero; | |
1155 | 1590 |
1591 The `fastmap' and `newline_anchor' fields are neither | |
1592 examined nor set. */ | |
1593 | |
8102 | 1594 /* Return, freeing storage we allocated. */ |
1595 #define FREE_STACK_RETURN(value) \ | |
8254
694c4686b446
(re_match_2_internal): Add casts to shut up some compilers.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8142
diff
changeset
|
1596 return (free (compile_stack.stack), value) |
8102 | 1597 |
1155 | 1598 static reg_errcode_t |
1599 regex_compile (pattern, size, syntax, bufp) | |
1600 const char *pattern; | |
1601 int size; | |
1602 reg_syntax_t syntax; | |
1603 struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp; | |
1604 { | |
1605 /* We fetch characters from PATTERN here. Even though PATTERN is | |
1606 `char *' (i.e., signed), we declare these variables as unsigned, so | |
1607 they can be reliably used as array indices. */ | |
1608 register unsigned char c, c1; | |
1609 | |
5841 | 1610 /* A random temporary spot in PATTERN. */ |
1155 | 1611 const char *p1; |
1612 | |
1613 /* Points to the end of the buffer, where we should append. */ | |
1614 register unsigned char *b; | |
1615 | |
1616 /* Keeps track of unclosed groups. */ | |
1617 compile_stack_type compile_stack; | |
1618 | |
1619 /* Points to the current (ending) position in the pattern. */ | |
1620 const char *p = pattern; | |
1621 const char *pend = pattern + size; | |
1622 | |
1623 /* How to translate the characters in the pattern. */ | |
1624 char *translate = bufp->translate; | |
1625 | |
1626 /* Address of the count-byte of the most recently inserted `exactn' | |
1627 command. This makes it possible to tell if a new exact-match | |
1628 character can be added to that command or if the character requires | |
1629 a new `exactn' command. */ | |
1630 unsigned char *pending_exact = 0; | |
1631 | |
1632 /* Address of start of the most recently finished expression. | |
1633 This tells, e.g., postfix * where to find the start of its | |
1634 operand. Reset at the beginning of groups and alternatives. */ | |
1635 unsigned char *laststart = 0; | |
1636 | |
1637 /* Address of beginning of regexp, or inside of last group. */ | |
1638 unsigned char *begalt; | |
1639 | |
1640 /* Place in the uncompiled pattern (i.e., the {) to | |
1641 which to go back if the interval is invalid. */ | |
1642 const char *beg_interval; | |
1643 | |
1644 /* Address of the place where a forward jump should go to the end of | |
1645 the containing expression. Each alternative of an `or' -- except the | |
1646 last -- ends with a forward jump of this sort. */ | |
1647 unsigned char *fixup_alt_jump = 0; | |
1648 | |
1649 /* Counts open-groups as they are encountered. Remembered for the | |
1650 matching close-group on the compile stack, so the same register | |
1651 number is put in the stop_memory as the start_memory. */ | |
1652 regnum_t regnum = 0; | |
1653 | |
1654 #ifdef DEBUG | |
1655 DEBUG_PRINT1 ("\nCompiling pattern: "); | |
1656 if (debug) | |
1657 { | |
1658 unsigned debug_count; | |
1659 | |
1660 for (debug_count = 0; debug_count < size; debug_count++) | |
10297
d6ba9ccec333
(regex_compile): Use putchar, not printchar.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10242
diff
changeset
|
1661 putchar (pattern[debug_count]); |
1155 | 1662 putchar ('\n'); |
1663 } | |
1664 #endif /* DEBUG */ | |
1665 | |
1666 /* Initialize the compile stack. */ | |
1667 compile_stack.stack = TALLOC (INIT_COMPILE_STACK_SIZE, compile_stack_elt_t); | |
1668 if (compile_stack.stack == NULL) | |
1669 return REG_ESPACE; | |
1670 | |
1671 compile_stack.size = INIT_COMPILE_STACK_SIZE; | |
1672 compile_stack.avail = 0; | |
1673 | |
1674 /* Initialize the pattern buffer. */ | |
1675 bufp->syntax = syntax; | |
1676 bufp->fastmap_accurate = 0; | |
1677 bufp->not_bol = bufp->not_eol = 0; | |
1678 | |
1679 /* Set `used' to zero, so that if we return an error, the pattern | |
1680 printer (for debugging) will think there's no pattern. We reset it | |
1681 at the end. */ | |
1682 bufp->used = 0; | |
1683 | |
1684 /* Always count groups, whether or not bufp->no_sub is set. */ | |
1685 bufp->re_nsub = 0; | |
1686 | |
1687 #if !defined (emacs) && !defined (SYNTAX_TABLE) | |
1688 /* Initialize the syntax table. */ | |
1689 init_syntax_once (); | |
1690 #endif | |
1691 | |
1692 if (bufp->allocated == 0) | |
1693 { | |
1694 if (bufp->buffer) | |
1695 { /* If zero allocated, but buffer is non-null, try to realloc | |
1696 enough space. This loses if buffer's address is bogus, but | |
1697 that is the user's responsibility. */ | |
1698 RETALLOC (bufp->buffer, INIT_BUF_SIZE, unsigned char); | |
1699 } | |
1700 else | |
1701 { /* Caller did not allocate a buffer. Do it for them. */ | |
1702 bufp->buffer = TALLOC (INIT_BUF_SIZE, unsigned char); | |
1703 } | |
8102 | 1704 if (!bufp->buffer) FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_ESPACE); |
1155 | 1705 |
1706 bufp->allocated = INIT_BUF_SIZE; | |
1707 } | |
1708 | |
1709 begalt = b = bufp->buffer; | |
1710 | |
1711 /* Loop through the uncompiled pattern until we're at the end. */ | |
1712 while (p != pend) | |
1713 { | |
1714 PATFETCH (c); | |
1715 | |
1716 switch (c) | |
1717 { | |
1718 case '^': | |
1719 { | |
1720 if ( /* If at start of pattern, it's an operator. */ | |
1721 p == pattern + 1 | |
1722 /* If context independent, it's an operator. */ | |
1723 || syntax & RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS | |
1724 /* Otherwise, depends on what's come before. */ | |
1725 || at_begline_loc_p (pattern, p, syntax)) | |
1726 BUF_PUSH (begline); | |
1727 else | |
1728 goto normal_char; | |
1729 } | |
1730 break; | |
1731 | |
1732 | |
1733 case '$': | |
1734 { | |
1735 if ( /* If at end of pattern, it's an operator. */ | |
1736 p == pend | |
1737 /* If context independent, it's an operator. */ | |
1738 || syntax & RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS | |
1739 /* Otherwise, depends on what's next. */ | |
1740 || at_endline_loc_p (p, pend, syntax)) | |
1741 BUF_PUSH (endline); | |
1742 else | |
1743 goto normal_char; | |
1744 } | |
1745 break; | |
1746 | |
1747 | |
1748 case '+': | |
1749 case '?': | |
1750 if ((syntax & RE_BK_PLUS_QM) | |
1751 || (syntax & RE_LIMITED_OPS)) | |
1752 goto normal_char; | |
1753 handle_plus: | |
1754 case '*': | |
1755 /* If there is no previous pattern... */ | |
1756 if (!laststart) | |
1757 { | |
1758 if (syntax & RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS) | |
8102 | 1759 FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_BADRPT); |
1155 | 1760 else if (!(syntax & RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS)) |
1761 goto normal_char; | |
1762 } | |
1763 | |
1764 { | |
1765 /* Are we optimizing this jump? */ | |
1766 boolean keep_string_p = false; | |
1767 | |
1768 /* 1 means zero (many) matches is allowed. */ | |
1769 char zero_times_ok = 0, many_times_ok = 0; | |
1770 | |
1771 /* If there is a sequence of repetition chars, collapse it | |
1772 down to just one (the right one). We can't combine | |
1773 interval operators with these because of, e.g., `a{2}*', | |
1774 which should only match an even number of `a's. */ | |
1775 | |
1776 for (;;) | |
1777 { | |
1778 zero_times_ok |= c != '+'; | |
1779 many_times_ok |= c != '?'; | |
1780 | |
1781 if (p == pend) | |
1782 break; | |
1783 | |
1784 PATFETCH (c); | |
1785 | |
1786 if (c == '*' | |
1787 || (!(syntax & RE_BK_PLUS_QM) && (c == '+' || c == '?'))) | |
1788 ; | |
1789 | |
1790 else if (syntax & RE_BK_PLUS_QM && c == '\\') | |
1791 { | |
8102 | 1792 if (p == pend) FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_EESCAPE); |
1155 | 1793 |
1794 PATFETCH (c1); | |
1795 if (!(c1 == '+' || c1 == '?')) | |
1796 { | |
1797 PATUNFETCH; | |
1798 PATUNFETCH; | |
1799 break; | |
1800 } | |
1801 | |
1802 c = c1; | |
1803 } | |
1804 else | |
1805 { | |
1806 PATUNFETCH; | |
1807 break; | |
1808 } | |
1809 | |
1810 /* If we get here, we found another repeat character. */ | |
1811 } | |
1812 | |
1813 /* Star, etc. applied to an empty pattern is equivalent | |
1814 to an empty pattern. */ | |
1815 if (!laststart) | |
1816 break; | |
1817 | |
1818 /* Now we know whether or not zero matches is allowed | |
1819 and also whether or not two or more matches is allowed. */ | |
1820 if (many_times_ok) | |
1821 { /* More than one repetition is allowed, so put in at the | |
1822 end a backward relative jump from `b' to before the next | |
1823 jump we're going to put in below (which jumps from | |
1824 laststart to after this jump). | |
1825 | |
1826 But if we are at the `*' in the exact sequence `.*\n', | |
1827 insert an unconditional jump backwards to the ., | |
1828 instead of the beginning of the loop. This way we only | |
1829 push a failure point once, instead of every time | |
1830 through the loop. */ | |
1831 assert (p - 1 > pattern); | |
1832 | |
1833 /* Allocate the space for the jump. */ | |
1834 GET_BUFFER_SPACE (3); | |
1835 | |
1836 /* We know we are not at the first character of the pattern, | |
1837 because laststart was nonzero. And we've already | |
1838 incremented `p', by the way, to be the character after | |
1839 the `*'. Do we have to do something analogous here | |
1840 for null bytes, because of RE_DOT_NOT_NULL? */ | |
1841 if (TRANSLATE (*(p - 2)) == TRANSLATE ('.') | |
2453 | 1842 && zero_times_ok |
1155 | 1843 && p < pend && TRANSLATE (*p) == TRANSLATE ('\n') |
1844 && !(syntax & RE_DOT_NEWLINE)) | |
1845 { /* We have .*\n. */ | |
1846 STORE_JUMP (jump, b, laststart); | |
1847 keep_string_p = true; | |
1848 } | |
1849 else | |
1850 /* Anything else. */ | |
1851 STORE_JUMP (maybe_pop_jump, b, laststart - 3); | |
1852 | |
1853 /* We've added more stuff to the buffer. */ | |
1854 b += 3; | |
1855 } | |
1856 | |
1857 /* On failure, jump from laststart to b + 3, which will be the | |
1858 end of the buffer after this jump is inserted. */ | |
1859 GET_BUFFER_SPACE (3); | |
1860 INSERT_JUMP (keep_string_p ? on_failure_keep_string_jump | |
1861 : on_failure_jump, | |
1862 laststart, b + 3); | |
1863 pending_exact = 0; | |
1864 b += 3; | |
1865 | |
1866 if (!zero_times_ok) | |
1867 { | |
1868 /* At least one repetition is required, so insert a | |
1869 `dummy_failure_jump' before the initial | |
1870 `on_failure_jump' instruction of the loop. This | |
1871 effects a skip over that instruction the first time | |
1872 we hit that loop. */ | |
1873 GET_BUFFER_SPACE (3); | |
1874 INSERT_JUMP (dummy_failure_jump, laststart, laststart + 6); | |
1875 b += 3; | |
1876 } | |
1877 } | |
1878 break; | |
1879 | |
1880 | |
1881 case '.': | |
1882 laststart = b; | |
1883 BUF_PUSH (anychar); | |
1884 break; | |
1885 | |
1886 | |
1887 case '[': | |
1888 { | |
1889 boolean had_char_class = false; | |
1890 | |
8102 | 1891 if (p == pend) FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_EBRACK); |
1155 | 1892 |
1893 /* Ensure that we have enough space to push a charset: the | |
1894 opcode, the length count, and the bitset; 34 bytes in all. */ | |
1895 GET_BUFFER_SPACE (34); | |
1896 | |
1897 laststart = b; | |
1898 | |
1899 /* We test `*p == '^' twice, instead of using an if | |
1900 statement, so we only need one BUF_PUSH. */ | |
1901 BUF_PUSH (*p == '^' ? charset_not : charset); | |
1902 if (*p == '^') | |
1903 p++; | |
1904 | |
1905 /* Remember the first position in the bracket expression. */ | |
1906 p1 = p; | |
1907 | |
1908 /* Push the number of bytes in the bitmap. */ | |
1909 BUF_PUSH ((1 << BYTEWIDTH) / BYTEWIDTH); | |
1910 | |
1911 /* Clear the whole map. */ | |
1912 bzero (b, (1 << BYTEWIDTH) / BYTEWIDTH); | |
1913 | |
1914 /* charset_not matches newline according to a syntax bit. */ | |
1915 if ((re_opcode_t) b[-2] == charset_not | |
1916 && (syntax & RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE)) | |
1917 SET_LIST_BIT ('\n'); | |
1918 | |
1919 /* Read in characters and ranges, setting map bits. */ | |
1920 for (;;) | |
1921 { | |
8102 | 1922 if (p == pend) FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_EBRACK); |
1155 | 1923 |
1924 PATFETCH (c); | |
1925 | |
1926 /* \ might escape characters inside [...] and [^...]. */ | |
1927 if ((syntax & RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS) && c == '\\') | |
1928 { | |
8102 | 1929 if (p == pend) FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_EESCAPE); |
1155 | 1930 |
1931 PATFETCH (c1); | |
1932 SET_LIST_BIT (c1); | |
1933 continue; | |
1934 } | |
1935 | |
1936 /* Could be the end of the bracket expression. If it's | |
1937 not (i.e., when the bracket expression is `[]' so | |
1938 far), the ']' character bit gets set way below. */ | |
1939 if (c == ']' && p != p1 + 1) | |
1940 break; | |
1941 | |
1942 /* Look ahead to see if it's a range when the last thing | |
1943 was a character class. */ | |
1944 if (had_char_class && c == '-' && *p != ']') | |
8102 | 1945 FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_ERANGE); |
1155 | 1946 |
1947 /* Look ahead to see if it's a range when the last thing | |
1948 was a character: if this is a hyphen not at the | |
1949 beginning or the end of a list, then it's the range | |
1950 operator. */ | |
1951 if (c == '-' | |
1952 && !(p - 2 >= pattern && p[-2] == '[') | |
1953 && !(p - 3 >= pattern && p[-3] == '[' && p[-2] == '^') | |
1954 && *p != ']') | |
1955 { | |
1956 reg_errcode_t ret | |
1957 = compile_range (&p, pend, translate, syntax, b); | |
8102 | 1958 if (ret != REG_NOERROR) FREE_STACK_RETURN (ret); |
1155 | 1959 } |
1960 | |
1961 else if (p[0] == '-' && p[1] != ']') | |
1962 { /* This handles ranges made up of characters only. */ | |
1963 reg_errcode_t ret; | |
1964 | |
1965 /* Move past the `-'. */ | |
1966 PATFETCH (c1); | |
1967 | |
1968 ret = compile_range (&p, pend, translate, syntax, b); | |
8102 | 1969 if (ret != REG_NOERROR) FREE_STACK_RETURN (ret); |
1155 | 1970 } |
1971 | |
1972 /* See if we're at the beginning of a possible character | |
1973 class. */ | |
1974 | |
1975 else if (syntax & RE_CHAR_CLASSES && c == '[' && *p == ':') | |
1976 { /* Leave room for the null. */ | |
1977 char str[CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH + 1]; | |
1978 | |
1979 PATFETCH (c); | |
1980 c1 = 0; | |
1981 | |
1982 /* If pattern is `[[:'. */ | |
8102 | 1983 if (p == pend) FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_EBRACK); |
1155 | 1984 |
1985 for (;;) | |
1986 { | |
1987 PATFETCH (c); | |
1988 if (c == ':' || c == ']' || p == pend | |
1989 || c1 == CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH) | |
1990 break; | |
1991 str[c1++] = c; | |
1992 } | |
1993 str[c1] = '\0'; | |
1994 | |
1995 /* If isn't a word bracketed by `[:' and:`]': | |
1996 undo the ending character, the letters, and leave | |
1997 the leading `:' and `[' (but set bits for them). */ | |
1998 if (c == ':' && *p == ']') | |
1999 { | |
2000 int ch; | |
2001 boolean is_alnum = STREQ (str, "alnum"); | |
2002 boolean is_alpha = STREQ (str, "alpha"); | |
2003 boolean is_blank = STREQ (str, "blank"); | |
2004 boolean is_cntrl = STREQ (str, "cntrl"); | |
2005 boolean is_digit = STREQ (str, "digit"); | |
2006 boolean is_graph = STREQ (str, "graph"); | |
2007 boolean is_lower = STREQ (str, "lower"); | |
2008 boolean is_print = STREQ (str, "print"); | |
2009 boolean is_punct = STREQ (str, "punct"); | |
2010 boolean is_space = STREQ (str, "space"); | |
2011 boolean is_upper = STREQ (str, "upper"); | |
2012 boolean is_xdigit = STREQ (str, "xdigit"); | |
2013 | |
8102 | 2014 if (!IS_CHAR_CLASS (str)) |
2015 FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_ECTYPE); | |
1155 | 2016 |
2017 /* Throw away the ] at the end of the character | |
2018 class. */ | |
2019 PATFETCH (c); | |
2020 | |
8102 | 2021 if (p == pend) FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_EBRACK); |
1155 | 2022 |
2023 for (ch = 0; ch < 1 << BYTEWIDTH; ch++) | |
2024 { | |
8561
dc5353720725
(regex_compile): Split an if to avoid compiler bug.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8402
diff
changeset
|
2025 /* This was split into 3 if's to |
dc5353720725
(regex_compile): Split an if to avoid compiler bug.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8402
diff
changeset
|
2026 avoid an arbitrary limit in some compiler. */ |
1668 | 2027 if ( (is_alnum && ISALNUM (ch)) |
2028 || (is_alpha && ISALPHA (ch)) | |
2029 || (is_blank && ISBLANK (ch)) | |
8561
dc5353720725
(regex_compile): Split an if to avoid compiler bug.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8402
diff
changeset
|
2030 || (is_cntrl && ISCNTRL (ch))) |
dc5353720725
(regex_compile): Split an if to avoid compiler bug.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8402
diff
changeset
|
2031 SET_LIST_BIT (ch); |
dc5353720725
(regex_compile): Split an if to avoid compiler bug.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8402
diff
changeset
|
2032 if ( (is_digit && ISDIGIT (ch)) |
1668 | 2033 || (is_graph && ISGRAPH (ch)) |
2034 || (is_lower && ISLOWER (ch)) | |
8561
dc5353720725
(regex_compile): Split an if to avoid compiler bug.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8402
diff
changeset
|
2035 || (is_print && ISPRINT (ch))) |
dc5353720725
(regex_compile): Split an if to avoid compiler bug.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8402
diff
changeset
|
2036 SET_LIST_BIT (ch); |
dc5353720725
(regex_compile): Split an if to avoid compiler bug.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8402
diff
changeset
|
2037 if ( (is_punct && ISPUNCT (ch)) |
1668 | 2038 || (is_space && ISSPACE (ch)) |
2039 || (is_upper && ISUPPER (ch)) | |
2040 || (is_xdigit && ISXDIGIT (ch))) | |
8561
dc5353720725
(regex_compile): Split an if to avoid compiler bug.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8402
diff
changeset
|
2041 SET_LIST_BIT (ch); |
1155 | 2042 } |
2043 had_char_class = true; | |
2044 } | |
2045 else | |
2046 { | |
2047 c1++; | |
2048 while (c1--) | |
2049 PATUNFETCH; | |
2050 SET_LIST_BIT ('['); | |
2051 SET_LIST_BIT (':'); | |
2052 had_char_class = false; | |
2053 } | |
2054 } | |
2055 else | |
2056 { | |
2057 had_char_class = false; | |
2058 SET_LIST_BIT (c); | |
2059 } | |
2060 } | |
2061 | |
2062 /* Discard any (non)matching list bytes that are all 0 at the | |
2063 end of the map. Decrease the map-length byte too. */ | |
2064 while ((int) b[-1] > 0 && b[b[-1] - 1] == 0) | |
2065 b[-1]--; | |
2066 b += b[-1]; | |
2067 } | |
2068 break; | |
2069 | |
2070 | |
2071 case '(': | |
2072 if (syntax & RE_NO_BK_PARENS) | |
2073 goto handle_open; | |
2074 else | |
2075 goto normal_char; | |
2076 | |
2077 | |
2078 case ')': | |
2079 if (syntax & RE_NO_BK_PARENS) | |
2080 goto handle_close; | |
2081 else | |
2082 goto normal_char; | |
2083 | |
2084 | |
2085 case '\n': | |
2086 if (syntax & RE_NEWLINE_ALT) | |
2087 goto handle_alt; | |
2088 else | |
2089 goto normal_char; | |
2090 | |
2091 | |
2092 case '|': | |
2093 if (syntax & RE_NO_BK_VBAR) | |
2094 goto handle_alt; | |
2095 else | |
2096 goto normal_char; | |
2097 | |
2098 | |
2099 case '{': | |
2100 if (syntax & RE_INTERVALS && syntax & RE_NO_BK_BRACES) | |
2101 goto handle_interval; | |
2102 else | |
2103 goto normal_char; | |
2104 | |
2105 | |
2106 case '\\': | |
8102 | 2107 if (p == pend) FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_EESCAPE); |
1155 | 2108 |
2109 /* Do not translate the character after the \, so that we can | |
2110 distinguish, e.g., \B from \b, even if we normally would | |
2111 translate, e.g., B to b. */ | |
2112 PATFETCH_RAW (c); | |
2113 | |
2114 switch (c) | |
2115 { | |
2116 case '(': | |
2117 if (syntax & RE_NO_BK_PARENS) | |
2118 goto normal_backslash; | |
2119 | |
2120 handle_open: | |
2121 bufp->re_nsub++; | |
2122 regnum++; | |
2123 | |
2124 if (COMPILE_STACK_FULL) | |
2125 { | |
2126 RETALLOC (compile_stack.stack, compile_stack.size << 1, | |
2127 compile_stack_elt_t); | |
2128 if (compile_stack.stack == NULL) return REG_ESPACE; | |
2129 | |
2130 compile_stack.size <<= 1; | |
2131 } | |
2132 | |
2133 /* These are the values to restore when we hit end of this | |
2134 group. They are all relative offsets, so that if the | |
2135 whole pattern moves because of realloc, they will still | |
2136 be valid. */ | |
2137 COMPILE_STACK_TOP.begalt_offset = begalt - bufp->buffer; | |
2138 COMPILE_STACK_TOP.fixup_alt_jump | |
2139 = fixup_alt_jump ? fixup_alt_jump - bufp->buffer + 1 : 0; | |
2140 COMPILE_STACK_TOP.laststart_offset = b - bufp->buffer; | |
2141 COMPILE_STACK_TOP.regnum = regnum; | |
2142 | |
2143 /* We will eventually replace the 0 with the number of | |
2144 groups inner to this one. But do not push a | |
2145 start_memory for groups beyond the last one we can | |
2146 represent in the compiled pattern. */ | |
2147 if (regnum <= MAX_REGNUM) | |
2148 { | |
2149 COMPILE_STACK_TOP.inner_group_offset = b - bufp->buffer + 2; | |
2150 BUF_PUSH_3 (start_memory, regnum, 0); | |
2151 } | |
2152 | |
2153 compile_stack.avail++; | |
2154 | |
2155 fixup_alt_jump = 0; | |
2156 laststart = 0; | |
2157 begalt = b; | |
2453 | 2158 /* If we've reached MAX_REGNUM groups, then this open |
2159 won't actually generate any code, so we'll have to | |
2160 clear pending_exact explicitly. */ | |
2161 pending_exact = 0; | |
1155 | 2162 break; |
2163 | |
2164 | |
2165 case ')': | |
2166 if (syntax & RE_NO_BK_PARENS) goto normal_backslash; | |
2167 | |
2168 if (COMPILE_STACK_EMPTY) | |
2169 if (syntax & RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD) | |
2170 goto normal_backslash; | |
2171 else | |
8102 | 2172 FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_ERPAREN); |
1155 | 2173 |
2174 handle_close: | |
2175 if (fixup_alt_jump) | |
2176 { /* Push a dummy failure point at the end of the | |
2177 alternative for a possible future | |
2178 `pop_failure_jump' to pop. See comments at | |
2179 `push_dummy_failure' in `re_match_2'. */ | |
2180 BUF_PUSH (push_dummy_failure); | |
2181 | |
2182 /* We allocated space for this jump when we assigned | |
2183 to `fixup_alt_jump', in the `handle_alt' case below. */ | |
2184 STORE_JUMP (jump_past_alt, fixup_alt_jump, b - 1); | |
2185 } | |
2186 | |
2187 /* See similar code for backslashed left paren above. */ | |
2188 if (COMPILE_STACK_EMPTY) | |
2189 if (syntax & RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD) | |
2190 goto normal_char; | |
2191 else | |
8102 | 2192 FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_ERPAREN); |
1155 | 2193 |
2194 /* Since we just checked for an empty stack above, this | |
2195 ``can't happen''. */ | |
2196 assert (compile_stack.avail != 0); | |
2197 { | |
2198 /* We don't just want to restore into `regnum', because | |
2199 later groups should continue to be numbered higher, | |
2200 as in `(ab)c(de)' -- the second group is #2. */ | |
2201 regnum_t this_group_regnum; | |
2202 | |
2203 compile_stack.avail--; | |
2204 begalt = bufp->buffer + COMPILE_STACK_TOP.begalt_offset; | |
2205 fixup_alt_jump | |
2206 = COMPILE_STACK_TOP.fixup_alt_jump | |
2207 ? bufp->buffer + COMPILE_STACK_TOP.fixup_alt_jump - 1 | |
2208 : 0; | |
2209 laststart = bufp->buffer + COMPILE_STACK_TOP.laststart_offset; | |
2210 this_group_regnum = COMPILE_STACK_TOP.regnum; | |
2453 | 2211 /* If we've reached MAX_REGNUM groups, then this open |
2212 won't actually generate any code, so we'll have to | |
2213 clear pending_exact explicitly. */ | |
2214 pending_exact = 0; | |
1155 | 2215 |
2216 /* We're at the end of the group, so now we know how many | |
2217 groups were inside this one. */ | |
2218 if (this_group_regnum <= MAX_REGNUM) | |
2219 { | |
2220 unsigned char *inner_group_loc | |
2221 = bufp->buffer + COMPILE_STACK_TOP.inner_group_offset; | |
2222 | |
2223 *inner_group_loc = regnum - this_group_regnum; | |
2224 BUF_PUSH_3 (stop_memory, this_group_regnum, | |
2225 regnum - this_group_regnum); | |
2226 } | |
2227 } | |
2228 break; | |
2229 | |
2230 | |
2231 case '|': /* `\|'. */ | |
2232 if (syntax & RE_LIMITED_OPS || syntax & RE_NO_BK_VBAR) | |
2233 goto normal_backslash; | |
2234 handle_alt: | |
2235 if (syntax & RE_LIMITED_OPS) | |
2236 goto normal_char; | |
2237 | |
2238 /* Insert before the previous alternative a jump which | |
2239 jumps to this alternative if the former fails. */ | |
2240 GET_BUFFER_SPACE (3); | |
2241 INSERT_JUMP (on_failure_jump, begalt, b + 6); | |
2242 pending_exact = 0; | |
2243 b += 3; | |
2244 | |
2245 /* The alternative before this one has a jump after it | |
2246 which gets executed if it gets matched. Adjust that | |
2247 jump so it will jump to this alternative's analogous | |
2248 jump (put in below, which in turn will jump to the next | |
2249 (if any) alternative's such jump, etc.). The last such | |
2250 jump jumps to the correct final destination. A picture: | |
2251 _____ _____ | |
2252 | | | | | |
2253 | v | v | |
2254 a | b | c | |
2255 | |
1637 | 2256 If we are at `b', then fixup_alt_jump right now points to a |
2257 three-byte space after `a'. We'll put in the jump, set | |
2258 fixup_alt_jump to right after `b', and leave behind three | |
2259 bytes which we'll fill in when we get to after `c'. */ | |
1155 | 2260 |
2261 if (fixup_alt_jump) | |
2262 STORE_JUMP (jump_past_alt, fixup_alt_jump, b); | |
2263 | |
2264 /* Mark and leave space for a jump after this alternative, | |
2265 to be filled in later either by next alternative or | |
2266 when know we're at the end of a series of alternatives. */ | |
2267 fixup_alt_jump = b; | |
2268 GET_BUFFER_SPACE (3); | |
2269 b += 3; | |
2270 | |
2271 laststart = 0; | |
2272 begalt = b; | |
2273 break; | |
2274 | |
2275 | |
2276 case '{': | |
2277 /* If \{ is a literal. */ | |
2278 if (!(syntax & RE_INTERVALS) | |
2279 /* If we're at `\{' and it's not the open-interval | |
2280 operator. */ | |
2281 || ((syntax & RE_INTERVALS) && (syntax & RE_NO_BK_BRACES)) | |
2282 || (p - 2 == pattern && p == pend)) | |
2283 goto normal_backslash; | |
2284 | |
2285 handle_interval: | |
2286 { | |
2287 /* If got here, then the syntax allows intervals. */ | |
2288 | |
2289 /* At least (most) this many matches must be made. */ | |
2290 int lower_bound = -1, upper_bound = -1; | |
2291 | |
2292 beg_interval = p - 1; | |
2293 | |
2294 if (p == pend) | |
2295 { | |
2296 if (syntax & RE_NO_BK_BRACES) | |
2297 goto unfetch_interval; | |
2298 else | |
8102 | 2299 FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_EBRACE); |
1155 | 2300 } |
2301 | |
2302 GET_UNSIGNED_NUMBER (lower_bound); | |
2303 | |
2304 if (c == ',') | |
2305 { | |
2306 GET_UNSIGNED_NUMBER (upper_bound); | |
2307 if (upper_bound < 0) upper_bound = RE_DUP_MAX; | |
2308 } | |
2309 else | |
2310 /* Interval such as `{1}' => match exactly once. */ | |
2311 upper_bound = lower_bound; | |
2312 | |
2313 if (lower_bound < 0 || upper_bound > RE_DUP_MAX | |
2314 || lower_bound > upper_bound) | |
2315 { | |
2316 if (syntax & RE_NO_BK_BRACES) | |
2317 goto unfetch_interval; | |
2318 else | |
8102 | 2319 FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_BADBR); |
1155 | 2320 } |
2321 | |
2322 if (!(syntax & RE_NO_BK_BRACES)) | |
2323 { | |
8102 | 2324 if (c != '\\') FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_EBRACE); |
1155 | 2325 |
2326 PATFETCH (c); | |
2327 } | |
2328 | |
2329 if (c != '}') | |
2330 { | |
2331 if (syntax & RE_NO_BK_BRACES) | |
2332 goto unfetch_interval; | |
2333 else | |
8102 | 2334 FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_BADBR); |
1155 | 2335 } |
2336 | |
2337 /* We just parsed a valid interval. */ | |
2338 | |
2339 /* If it's invalid to have no preceding re. */ | |
2340 if (!laststart) | |
2341 { | |
2342 if (syntax & RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS) | |
8102 | 2343 FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_BADRPT); |
1155 | 2344 else if (syntax & RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS) |
2345 laststart = b; | |
2346 else | |
2347 goto unfetch_interval; | |
2348 } | |
2349 | |
2350 /* If the upper bound is zero, don't want to succeed at | |
2351 all; jump from `laststart' to `b + 3', which will be | |
2352 the end of the buffer after we insert the jump. */ | |
2353 if (upper_bound == 0) | |
2354 { | |
2355 GET_BUFFER_SPACE (3); | |
2356 INSERT_JUMP (jump, laststart, b + 3); | |
2357 b += 3; | |
2358 } | |
2359 | |
2360 /* Otherwise, we have a nontrivial interval. When | |
2361 we're all done, the pattern will look like: | |
2362 set_number_at <jump count> <upper bound> | |
2363 set_number_at <succeed_n count> <lower bound> | |
5841 | 2364 succeed_n <after jump addr> <succeed_n count> |
1155 | 2365 <body of loop> |
2366 jump_n <succeed_n addr> <jump count> | |
2367 (The upper bound and `jump_n' are omitted if | |
2368 `upper_bound' is 1, though.) */ | |
2369 else | |
2370 { /* If the upper bound is > 1, we need to insert | |
2371 more at the end of the loop. */ | |
2372 unsigned nbytes = 10 + (upper_bound > 1) * 10; | |
2373 | |
2374 GET_BUFFER_SPACE (nbytes); | |
2375 | |
2376 /* Initialize lower bound of the `succeed_n', even | |
2377 though it will be set during matching by its | |
2378 attendant `set_number_at' (inserted next), | |
2379 because `re_compile_fastmap' needs to know. | |
2380 Jump to the `jump_n' we might insert below. */ | |
2381 INSERT_JUMP2 (succeed_n, laststart, | |
2382 b + 5 + (upper_bound > 1) * 5, | |
2383 lower_bound); | |
2384 b += 5; | |
2385 | |
2386 /* Code to initialize the lower bound. Insert | |
2387 before the `succeed_n'. The `5' is the last two | |
2388 bytes of this `set_number_at', plus 3 bytes of | |
2389 the following `succeed_n'. */ | |
2390 insert_op2 (set_number_at, laststart, 5, lower_bound, b); | |
2391 b += 5; | |
2392 | |
2393 if (upper_bound > 1) | |
2394 { /* More than one repetition is allowed, so | |
2395 append a backward jump to the `succeed_n' | |
2396 that starts this interval. | |
2397 | |
2398 When we've reached this during matching, | |
2399 we'll have matched the interval once, so | |
2400 jump back only `upper_bound - 1' times. */ | |
2401 STORE_JUMP2 (jump_n, b, laststart + 5, | |
2402 upper_bound - 1); | |
2403 b += 5; | |
2404 | |
2405 /* The location we want to set is the second | |
2406 parameter of the `jump_n'; that is `b-2' as | |
2407 an absolute address. `laststart' will be | |
2408 the `set_number_at' we're about to insert; | |
2409 `laststart+3' the number to set, the source | |
2410 for the relative address. But we are | |
2411 inserting into the middle of the pattern -- | |
2412 so everything is getting moved up by 5. | |
2413 Conclusion: (b - 2) - (laststart + 3) + 5, | |
2414 i.e., b - laststart. | |
2415 | |
2416 We insert this at the beginning of the loop | |
2417 so that if we fail during matching, we'll | |
2418 reinitialize the bounds. */ | |
2419 insert_op2 (set_number_at, laststart, b - laststart, | |
2420 upper_bound - 1, b); | |
2421 b += 5; | |
2422 } | |
2423 } | |
2424 pending_exact = 0; | |
2425 beg_interval = NULL; | |
2426 } | |
2427 break; | |
2428 | |
2429 unfetch_interval: | |
2430 /* If an invalid interval, match the characters as literals. */ | |
2431 assert (beg_interval); | |
2432 p = beg_interval; | |
2433 beg_interval = NULL; | |
2434 | |
2435 /* normal_char and normal_backslash need `c'. */ | |
2436 PATFETCH (c); | |
2437 | |
2438 if (!(syntax & RE_NO_BK_BRACES)) | |
2439 { | |
2440 if (p > pattern && p[-1] == '\\') | |
2441 goto normal_backslash; | |
2442 } | |
2443 goto normal_char; | |
2444 | |
2445 #ifdef emacs | |
2446 /* There is no way to specify the before_dot and after_dot | |
2447 operators. rms says this is ok. --karl */ | |
2448 case '=': | |
2449 BUF_PUSH (at_dot); | |
2450 break; | |
2451 | |
2452 case 's': | |
2453 laststart = b; | |
2454 PATFETCH (c); | |
2455 BUF_PUSH_2 (syntaxspec, syntax_spec_code[c]); | |
2456 break; | |
2457 | |
2458 case 'S': | |
2459 laststart = b; | |
2460 PATFETCH (c); | |
2461 BUF_PUSH_2 (notsyntaxspec, syntax_spec_code[c]); | |
2462 break; | |
2463 #endif /* emacs */ | |
2464 | |
2465 | |
2466 case 'w': | |
2467 laststart = b; | |
2468 BUF_PUSH (wordchar); | |
2469 break; | |
2470 | |
2471 | |
2472 case 'W': | |
2473 laststart = b; | |
2474 BUF_PUSH (notwordchar); | |
2475 break; | |
2476 | |
2477 | |
2478 case '<': | |
2479 BUF_PUSH (wordbeg); | |
2480 break; | |
2481 | |
2482 case '>': | |
2483 BUF_PUSH (wordend); | |
2484 break; | |
2485 | |
2486 case 'b': | |
2487 BUF_PUSH (wordbound); | |
2488 break; | |
2489 | |
2490 case 'B': | |
2491 BUF_PUSH (notwordbound); | |
2492 break; | |
2493 | |
2494 case '`': | |
2495 BUF_PUSH (begbuf); | |
2496 break; | |
2497 | |
2498 case '\'': | |
2499 BUF_PUSH (endbuf); | |
2500 break; | |
2501 | |
2502 case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5': | |
2503 case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': | |
2504 if (syntax & RE_NO_BK_REFS) | |
2505 goto normal_char; | |
2506 | |
2507 c1 = c - '0'; | |
2508 | |
2509 if (c1 > regnum) | |
8102 | 2510 FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_ESUBREG); |
1155 | 2511 |
2512 /* Can't back reference to a subexpression if inside of it. */ | |
2513 if (group_in_compile_stack (compile_stack, c1)) | |
2514 goto normal_char; | |
2515 | |
2516 laststart = b; | |
2517 BUF_PUSH_2 (duplicate, c1); | |
2518 break; | |
2519 | |
2520 | |
2521 case '+': | |
2522 case '?': | |
2523 if (syntax & RE_BK_PLUS_QM) | |
2524 goto handle_plus; | |
2525 else | |
2526 goto normal_backslash; | |
2527 | |
2528 default: | |
2529 normal_backslash: | |
2530 /* You might think it would be useful for \ to mean | |
2531 not to translate; but if we don't translate it | |
2532 it will never match anything. */ | |
2533 c = TRANSLATE (c); | |
2534 goto normal_char; | |
2535 } | |
2536 break; | |
2537 | |
2538 | |
2539 default: | |
2540 /* Expects the character in `c'. */ | |
2541 normal_char: | |
2542 /* If no exactn currently being built. */ | |
2543 if (!pending_exact | |
2544 | |
2545 /* If last exactn not at current position. */ | |
2546 || pending_exact + *pending_exact + 1 != b | |
2547 | |
2548 /* We have only one byte following the exactn for the count. */ | |
2549 || *pending_exact == (1 << BYTEWIDTH) - 1 | |
2550 | |
2551 /* If followed by a repetition operator. */ | |
2552 || *p == '*' || *p == '^' | |
2553 || ((syntax & RE_BK_PLUS_QM) | |
2554 ? *p == '\\' && (p[1] == '+' || p[1] == '?') | |
2555 : (*p == '+' || *p == '?')) | |
2556 || ((syntax & RE_INTERVALS) | |
2557 && ((syntax & RE_NO_BK_BRACES) | |
2558 ? *p == '{' | |
2559 : (p[0] == '\\' && p[1] == '{')))) | |
2560 { | |
2561 /* Start building a new exactn. */ | |
2562 | |
2563 laststart = b; | |
2564 | |
2565 BUF_PUSH_2 (exactn, 0); | |
2566 pending_exact = b - 1; | |
2567 } | |
2568 | |
2569 BUF_PUSH (c); | |
2570 (*pending_exact)++; | |
2571 break; | |
2572 } /* switch (c) */ | |
2573 } /* while p != pend */ | |
2574 | |
2575 | |
2576 /* Through the pattern now. */ | |
2577 | |
2578 if (fixup_alt_jump) | |
2579 STORE_JUMP (jump_past_alt, fixup_alt_jump, b); | |
2580 | |
2581 if (!COMPILE_STACK_EMPTY) | |
8102 | 2582 FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_EPAREN); |
1155 | 2583 |
9983
ef6e1637c777
(re_opcode_t): New opcode `succeed'
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9717
diff
changeset
|
2584 /* If we don't want backtracking, force success |
ef6e1637c777
(re_opcode_t): New opcode `succeed'
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9717
diff
changeset
|
2585 the first time we reach the end of the compiled pattern. */ |
ef6e1637c777
(re_opcode_t): New opcode `succeed'
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9717
diff
changeset
|
2586 if (syntax & RE_NO_POSIX_BACKTRACKING) |
ef6e1637c777
(re_opcode_t): New opcode `succeed'
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9717
diff
changeset
|
2587 BUF_PUSH (succeed); |
ef6e1637c777
(re_opcode_t): New opcode `succeed'
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9717
diff
changeset
|
2588 |
1155 | 2589 free (compile_stack.stack); |
2590 | |
2591 /* We have succeeded; set the length of the buffer. */ | |
2592 bufp->used = b - bufp->buffer; | |
2593 | |
2594 #ifdef DEBUG | |
2595 if (debug) | |
2596 { | |
2615 | 2597 DEBUG_PRINT1 ("\nCompiled pattern: \n"); |
1155 | 2598 print_compiled_pattern (bufp); |
2599 } | |
2600 #endif /* DEBUG */ | |
2601 | |
2952 | 2602 #ifndef MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE |
2949 | 2603 /* Initialize the failure stack to the largest possible stack. This |
2604 isn't necessary unless we're trying to avoid calling alloca in | |
2605 the search and match routines. */ | |
2606 { | |
2607 int num_regs = bufp->re_nsub + 1; | |
2608 | |
2609 /* Since DOUBLE_FAIL_STACK refuses to double only if the current size | |
2610 is strictly greater than re_max_failures, the largest possible stack | |
2611 is 2 * re_max_failures failure points. */ | |
7012 | 2612 if (fail_stack.size < (2 * re_max_failures * MAX_FAILURE_ITEMS)) |
7011 | 2613 { |
7012 | 2614 fail_stack.size = (2 * re_max_failures * MAX_FAILURE_ITEMS); |
7039
403172c099fc
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7012
diff
changeset
|
2615 |
403172c099fc
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7012
diff
changeset
|
2616 #ifdef emacs |
7011 | 2617 if (! fail_stack.stack) |
7039
403172c099fc
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7012
diff
changeset
|
2618 fail_stack.stack |
403172c099fc
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7012
diff
changeset
|
2619 = (fail_stack_elt_t *) xmalloc (fail_stack.size |
403172c099fc
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7012
diff
changeset
|
2620 * sizeof (fail_stack_elt_t)); |
7011 | 2621 else |
7039
403172c099fc
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7012
diff
changeset
|
2622 fail_stack.stack |
403172c099fc
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7012
diff
changeset
|
2623 = (fail_stack_elt_t *) xrealloc (fail_stack.stack, |
403172c099fc
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7012
diff
changeset
|
2624 (fail_stack.size |
403172c099fc
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7012
diff
changeset
|
2625 * sizeof (fail_stack_elt_t))); |
403172c099fc
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7012
diff
changeset
|
2626 #else /* not emacs */ |
403172c099fc
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7012
diff
changeset
|
2627 if (! fail_stack.stack) |
403172c099fc
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7012
diff
changeset
|
2628 fail_stack.stack |
403172c099fc
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7012
diff
changeset
|
2629 = (fail_stack_elt_t *) malloc (fail_stack.size |
403172c099fc
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7012
diff
changeset
|
2630 * sizeof (fail_stack_elt_t)); |
403172c099fc
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7012
diff
changeset
|
2631 else |
403172c099fc
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7012
diff
changeset
|
2632 fail_stack.stack |
403172c099fc
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7012
diff
changeset
|
2633 = (fail_stack_elt_t *) realloc (fail_stack.stack, |
403172c099fc
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7012
diff
changeset
|
2634 (fail_stack.size |
403172c099fc
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7012
diff
changeset
|
2635 * sizeof (fail_stack_elt_t))); |
403172c099fc
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7012
diff
changeset
|
2636 #endif /* not emacs */ |
7011 | 2637 } |
2949 | 2638 |
11622
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
2639 regex_grow_registers (num_regs); |
2949 | 2640 } |
11622
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
2641 #endif /* not MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE */ |
2949 | 2642 |
1155 | 2643 return REG_NOERROR; |
2644 } /* regex_compile */ | |
2645 | |
2646 /* Subroutines for `regex_compile'. */ | |
2647 | |
2648 /* Store OP at LOC followed by two-byte integer parameter ARG. */ | |
2649 | |
2650 static void | |
2651 store_op1 (op, loc, arg) | |
2652 re_opcode_t op; | |
2653 unsigned char *loc; | |
2654 int arg; | |
2655 { | |
2656 *loc = (unsigned char) op; | |
2657 STORE_NUMBER (loc + 1, arg); | |
2658 } | |
2659 | |
2660 | |
2661 /* Like `store_op1', but for two two-byte parameters ARG1 and ARG2. */ | |
2662 | |
2663 static void | |
2664 store_op2 (op, loc, arg1, arg2) | |
2665 re_opcode_t op; | |
2666 unsigned char *loc; | |
2667 int arg1, arg2; | |
2668 { | |
2669 *loc = (unsigned char) op; | |
2670 STORE_NUMBER (loc + 1, arg1); | |
2671 STORE_NUMBER (loc + 3, arg2); | |
2672 } | |
2673 | |
2674 | |
2675 /* Copy the bytes from LOC to END to open up three bytes of space at LOC | |
2676 for OP followed by two-byte integer parameter ARG. */ | |
2677 | |
2678 static void | |
2679 insert_op1 (op, loc, arg, end) | |
2680 re_opcode_t op; | |
2681 unsigned char *loc; | |
2682 int arg; | |
2683 unsigned char *end; | |
2684 { | |
2685 register unsigned char *pfrom = end; | |
2686 register unsigned char *pto = end + 3; | |
2687 | |
2688 while (pfrom != loc) | |
2689 *--pto = *--pfrom; | |
2690 | |
2691 store_op1 (op, loc, arg); | |
2692 } | |
2693 | |
2694 | |
2695 /* Like `insert_op1', but for two two-byte parameters ARG1 and ARG2. */ | |
2696 | |
2697 static void | |
2698 insert_op2 (op, loc, arg1, arg2, end) | |
2699 re_opcode_t op; | |
2700 unsigned char *loc; | |
2701 int arg1, arg2; | |
2702 unsigned char *end; | |
2703 { | |
2704 register unsigned char *pfrom = end; | |
2705 register unsigned char *pto = end + 5; | |
2706 | |
2707 while (pfrom != loc) | |
2708 *--pto = *--pfrom; | |
2709 | |
2710 store_op2 (op, loc, arg1, arg2); | |
2711 } | |
2712 | |
2713 | |
2714 /* P points to just after a ^ in PATTERN. Return true if that ^ comes | |
2715 after an alternative or a begin-subexpression. We assume there is at | |
2716 least one character before the ^. */ | |
2717 | |
2718 static boolean | |
2719 at_begline_loc_p (pattern, p, syntax) | |
2720 const char *pattern, *p; | |
2721 reg_syntax_t syntax; | |
2722 { | |
2723 const char *prev = p - 2; | |
2724 boolean prev_prev_backslash = prev > pattern && prev[-1] == '\\'; | |
2725 | |
2726 return | |
2727 /* After a subexpression? */ | |
2728 (*prev == '(' && (syntax & RE_NO_BK_PARENS || prev_prev_backslash)) | |
2729 /* After an alternative? */ | |
2730 || (*prev == '|' && (syntax & RE_NO_BK_VBAR || prev_prev_backslash)); | |
2731 } | |
2732 | |
2733 | |
2734 /* The dual of at_begline_loc_p. This one is for $. We assume there is | |
2735 at least one character after the $, i.e., `P < PEND'. */ | |
2736 | |
2737 static boolean | |
2738 at_endline_loc_p (p, pend, syntax) | |
2739 const char *p, *pend; | |
2740 int syntax; | |
2741 { | |
2742 const char *next = p; | |
2743 boolean next_backslash = *next == '\\'; | |
2744 const char *next_next = p + 1 < pend ? p + 1 : NULL; | |
2745 | |
2746 return | |
2747 /* Before a subexpression? */ | |
2748 (syntax & RE_NO_BK_PARENS ? *next == ')' | |
2749 : next_backslash && next_next && *next_next == ')') | |
2750 /* Before an alternative? */ | |
2751 || (syntax & RE_NO_BK_VBAR ? *next == '|' | |
2752 : next_backslash && next_next && *next_next == '|'); | |
2753 } | |
2754 | |
2755 | |
2756 /* Returns true if REGNUM is in one of COMPILE_STACK's elements and | |
2757 false if it's not. */ | |
2758 | |
2759 static boolean | |
2760 group_in_compile_stack (compile_stack, regnum) | |
2761 compile_stack_type compile_stack; | |
2762 regnum_t regnum; | |
2763 { | |
2764 int this_element; | |
2765 | |
2766 for (this_element = compile_stack.avail - 1; | |
2767 this_element >= 0; | |
2768 this_element--) | |
2769 if (compile_stack.stack[this_element].regnum == regnum) | |
2770 return true; | |
2771 | |
2772 return false; | |
2773 } | |
2774 | |
2775 | |
2776 /* Read the ending character of a range (in a bracket expression) from the | |
2777 uncompiled pattern *P_PTR (which ends at PEND). We assume the | |
2778 starting character is in `P[-2]'. (`P[-1]' is the character `-'.) | |
2779 Then we set the translation of all bits between the starting and | |
2780 ending characters (inclusive) in the compiled pattern B. | |
2781 | |
2782 Return an error code. | |
2783 | |
2784 We use these short variable names so we can use the same macros as | |
2785 `regex_compile' itself. */ | |
2786 | |
2787 static reg_errcode_t | |
2788 compile_range (p_ptr, pend, translate, syntax, b) | |
2789 const char **p_ptr, *pend; | |
2790 char *translate; | |
2791 reg_syntax_t syntax; | |
2792 unsigned char *b; | |
2793 { | |
2794 unsigned this_char; | |
2795 | |
2796 const char *p = *p_ptr; | |
1689 | 2797 int range_start, range_end; |
1155 | 2798 |
2799 if (p == pend) | |
2800 return REG_ERANGE; | |
2801 | |
1689 | 2802 /* Even though the pattern is a signed `char *', we need to fetch |
2803 with unsigned char *'s; if the high bit of the pattern character | |
2804 is set, the range endpoints will be negative if we fetch using a | |
2805 signed char *. | |
2806 | |
2807 We also want to fetch the endpoints without translating them; the | |
2808 appropriate translation is done in the bit-setting loop below. */ | |
9209 | 2809 /* The SVR4 compiler on the 3B2 had trouble with unsigned const char *. */ |
9208
0c6e2b5d3850
(compile_range): When casting to const unsigned char *, put const first.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9097
diff
changeset
|
2810 range_start = ((const unsigned char *) p)[-2]; |
0c6e2b5d3850
(compile_range): When casting to const unsigned char *, put const first.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9097
diff
changeset
|
2811 range_end = ((const unsigned char *) p)[0]; |
1155 | 2812 |
2813 /* Have to increment the pointer into the pattern string, so the | |
2814 caller isn't still at the ending character. */ | |
2815 (*p_ptr)++; | |
2816 | |
2817 /* If the start is after the end, the range is empty. */ | |
2818 if (range_start > range_end) | |
2819 return syntax & RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES ? REG_ERANGE : REG_NOERROR; | |
2820 | |
2821 /* Here we see why `this_char' has to be larger than an `unsigned | |
2822 char' -- the range is inclusive, so if `range_end' == 0xff | |
2823 (assuming 8-bit characters), we would otherwise go into an infinite | |
2824 loop, since all characters <= 0xff. */ | |
2825 for (this_char = range_start; this_char <= range_end; this_char++) | |
2826 { | |
2827 SET_LIST_BIT (TRANSLATE (this_char)); | |
2828 } | |
2829 | |
2830 return REG_NOERROR; | |
2831 } | |
2832 | |
2833 /* re_compile_fastmap computes a ``fastmap'' for the compiled pattern in | |
2834 BUFP. A fastmap records which of the (1 << BYTEWIDTH) possible | |
2835 characters can start a string that matches the pattern. This fastmap | |
2836 is used by re_search to skip quickly over impossible starting points. | |
2837 | |
2838 The caller must supply the address of a (1 << BYTEWIDTH)-byte data | |
2839 area as BUFP->fastmap. | |
2840 | |
2841 We set the `fastmap', `fastmap_accurate', and `can_be_null' fields in | |
2842 the pattern buffer. | |
2843 | |
2844 Returns 0 if we succeed, -2 if an internal error. */ | |
2845 | |
2846 int | |
2847 re_compile_fastmap (bufp) | |
2848 struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp; | |
2849 { | |
2850 int j, k; | |
2952 | 2851 #ifdef MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE |
1155 | 2852 fail_stack_type fail_stack; |
2949 | 2853 #endif |
1155 | 2854 #ifndef REGEX_MALLOC |
2855 char *destination; | |
2856 #endif | |
2857 /* We don't push any register information onto the failure stack. */ | |
2858 unsigned num_regs = 0; | |
2859 | |
2860 register char *fastmap = bufp->fastmap; | |
2861 unsigned char *pattern = bufp->buffer; | |
2862 unsigned long size = bufp->used; | |
4918
e928d39564ad
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4846
diff
changeset
|
2863 unsigned char *p = pattern; |
1155 | 2864 register unsigned char *pend = pattern + size; |
2865 | |
11622
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
2866 /* This holds the pointer to the failure stack, when |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
2867 it is allocated relocatably. */ |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
2868 fail_stack_elt_t *failure_stack_ptr; |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
2869 |
1155 | 2870 /* Assume that each path through the pattern can be null until |
2871 proven otherwise. We set this false at the bottom of switch | |
2872 statement, to which we get only if a particular path doesn't | |
2873 match the empty string. */ | |
2874 boolean path_can_be_null = true; | |
2875 | |
2876 /* We aren't doing a `succeed_n' to begin with. */ | |
2877 boolean succeed_n_p = false; | |
2878 | |
2879 assert (fastmap != NULL && p != NULL); | |
2880 | |
2881 INIT_FAIL_STACK (); | |
2882 bzero (fastmap, 1 << BYTEWIDTH); /* Assume nothing's valid. */ | |
2883 bufp->fastmap_accurate = 1; /* It will be when we're done. */ | |
2884 bufp->can_be_null = 0; | |
2885 | |
10021
9203331b118a
(re_compile_fastmap): Really treat `succeed' like end.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10000
diff
changeset
|
2886 while (1) |
1155 | 2887 { |
10000
659346eafd79
(re_compile_fastmap): Treat `succeed' like end of pattern.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
9983
diff
changeset
|
2888 if (p == pend || *p == succeed) |
10021
9203331b118a
(re_compile_fastmap): Really treat `succeed' like end.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10000
diff
changeset
|
2889 { |
9203331b118a
(re_compile_fastmap): Really treat `succeed' like end.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10000
diff
changeset
|
2890 /* We have reached the (effective) end of pattern. */ |
9203331b118a
(re_compile_fastmap): Really treat `succeed' like end.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10000
diff
changeset
|
2891 if (!FAIL_STACK_EMPTY ()) |
9203331b118a
(re_compile_fastmap): Really treat `succeed' like end.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10000
diff
changeset
|
2892 { |
9203331b118a
(re_compile_fastmap): Really treat `succeed' like end.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10000
diff
changeset
|
2893 bufp->can_be_null |= path_can_be_null; |
9203331b118a
(re_compile_fastmap): Really treat `succeed' like end.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10000
diff
changeset
|
2894 |
9203331b118a
(re_compile_fastmap): Really treat `succeed' like end.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10000
diff
changeset
|
2895 /* Reset for next path. */ |
9203331b118a
(re_compile_fastmap): Really treat `succeed' like end.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10000
diff
changeset
|
2896 path_can_be_null = true; |
9203331b118a
(re_compile_fastmap): Really treat `succeed' like end.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10000
diff
changeset
|
2897 |
9203331b118a
(re_compile_fastmap): Really treat `succeed' like end.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10000
diff
changeset
|
2898 p = fail_stack.stack[--fail_stack.avail]; |
10023
a53798af4794
(re_compile_fastmap): Really, really treat `succeed' like end.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10021
diff
changeset
|
2899 |
a53798af4794
(re_compile_fastmap): Really, really treat `succeed' like end.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10021
diff
changeset
|
2900 continue; |
10021
9203331b118a
(re_compile_fastmap): Really treat `succeed' like end.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10000
diff
changeset
|
2901 } |
9203331b118a
(re_compile_fastmap): Really treat `succeed' like end.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10000
diff
changeset
|
2902 else |
9203331b118a
(re_compile_fastmap): Really treat `succeed' like end.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10000
diff
changeset
|
2903 break; |
1155 | 2904 } |
2905 | |
2906 /* We should never be about to go beyond the end of the pattern. */ | |
2907 assert (p < pend); | |
2908 | |
10456
9c6110615166
[!emacs] (SWITCH_ENUM_CAST): New macro, from emacs/lisp.h
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10297
diff
changeset
|
2909 switch (SWITCH_ENUM_CAST ((re_opcode_t) *p++)) |
1155 | 2910 { |
2911 | |
2912 /* I guess the idea here is to simply not bother with a fastmap | |
2913 if a backreference is used, since it's too hard to figure out | |
2914 the fastmap for the corresponding group. Setting | |
2915 `can_be_null' stops `re_search_2' from using the fastmap, so | |
2916 that is all we do. */ | |
2917 case duplicate: | |
2918 bufp->can_be_null = 1; | |
11622
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
2919 goto done; |
1155 | 2920 |
2921 | |
2922 /* Following are the cases which match a character. These end | |
2923 with `break'. */ | |
2924 | |
2925 case exactn: | |
2926 fastmap[p[1]] = 1; | |
2927 break; | |
2928 | |
2929 | |
2930 case charset: | |
2931 for (j = *p++ * BYTEWIDTH - 1; j >= 0; j--) | |
2932 if (p[j / BYTEWIDTH] & (1 << (j % BYTEWIDTH))) | |
2933 fastmap[j] = 1; | |
2934 break; | |
2935 | |
2936 | |
2937 case charset_not: | |
2938 /* Chars beyond end of map must be allowed. */ | |
2939 for (j = *p * BYTEWIDTH; j < (1 << BYTEWIDTH); j++) | |
2940 fastmap[j] = 1; | |
2941 | |
2942 for (j = *p++ * BYTEWIDTH - 1; j >= 0; j--) | |
2943 if (!(p[j / BYTEWIDTH] & (1 << (j % BYTEWIDTH)))) | |
2944 fastmap[j] = 1; | |
2945 break; | |
2946 | |
2947 | |
2948 case wordchar: | |
2949 for (j = 0; j < (1 << BYTEWIDTH); j++) | |
2950 if (SYNTAX (j) == Sword) | |
2951 fastmap[j] = 1; | |
2952 break; | |
2953 | |
2954 | |
2955 case notwordchar: | |
2956 for (j = 0; j < (1 << BYTEWIDTH); j++) | |
2957 if (SYNTAX (j) != Sword) | |
2958 fastmap[j] = 1; | |
2959 break; | |
2960 | |
2961 | |
2962 case anychar: | |
8114
bebf92e1b110
(re_compile_fastmap): Either set fastmap['\n'] to 1 or don't change it.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8102
diff
changeset
|
2963 { |
bebf92e1b110
(re_compile_fastmap): Either set fastmap['\n'] to 1 or don't change it.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8102
diff
changeset
|
2964 int fastmap_newline = fastmap['\n']; |
bebf92e1b110
(re_compile_fastmap): Either set fastmap['\n'] to 1 or don't change it.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8102
diff
changeset
|
2965 |
bebf92e1b110
(re_compile_fastmap): Either set fastmap['\n'] to 1 or don't change it.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8102
diff
changeset
|
2966 /* `.' matches anything ... */ |
bebf92e1b110
(re_compile_fastmap): Either set fastmap['\n'] to 1 or don't change it.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8102
diff
changeset
|
2967 for (j = 0; j < (1 << BYTEWIDTH); j++) |
bebf92e1b110
(re_compile_fastmap): Either set fastmap['\n'] to 1 or don't change it.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8102
diff
changeset
|
2968 fastmap[j] = 1; |
bebf92e1b110
(re_compile_fastmap): Either set fastmap['\n'] to 1 or don't change it.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8102
diff
changeset
|
2969 |
bebf92e1b110
(re_compile_fastmap): Either set fastmap['\n'] to 1 or don't change it.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8102
diff
changeset
|
2970 /* ... except perhaps newline. */ |
bebf92e1b110
(re_compile_fastmap): Either set fastmap['\n'] to 1 or don't change it.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8102
diff
changeset
|
2971 if (!(bufp->syntax & RE_DOT_NEWLINE)) |
bebf92e1b110
(re_compile_fastmap): Either set fastmap['\n'] to 1 or don't change it.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8102
diff
changeset
|
2972 fastmap['\n'] = fastmap_newline; |
bebf92e1b110
(re_compile_fastmap): Either set fastmap['\n'] to 1 or don't change it.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8102
diff
changeset
|
2973 |
bebf92e1b110
(re_compile_fastmap): Either set fastmap['\n'] to 1 or don't change it.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8102
diff
changeset
|
2974 /* Return if we have already set `can_be_null'; if we have, |
bebf92e1b110
(re_compile_fastmap): Either set fastmap['\n'] to 1 or don't change it.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8102
diff
changeset
|
2975 then the fastmap is irrelevant. Something's wrong here. */ |
bebf92e1b110
(re_compile_fastmap): Either set fastmap['\n'] to 1 or don't change it.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8102
diff
changeset
|
2976 else if (bufp->can_be_null) |
11622
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
2977 goto done; |
8114
bebf92e1b110
(re_compile_fastmap): Either set fastmap['\n'] to 1 or don't change it.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8102
diff
changeset
|
2978 |
bebf92e1b110
(re_compile_fastmap): Either set fastmap['\n'] to 1 or don't change it.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8102
diff
changeset
|
2979 /* Otherwise, have to check alternative paths. */ |
bebf92e1b110
(re_compile_fastmap): Either set fastmap['\n'] to 1 or don't change it.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8102
diff
changeset
|
2980 break; |
bebf92e1b110
(re_compile_fastmap): Either set fastmap['\n'] to 1 or don't change it.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8102
diff
changeset
|
2981 } |
1155 | 2982 |
2983 #ifdef emacs | |
2984 case syntaxspec: | |
2985 k = *p++; | |
2986 for (j = 0; j < (1 << BYTEWIDTH); j++) | |
2987 if (SYNTAX (j) == (enum syntaxcode) k) | |
2988 fastmap[j] = 1; | |
2989 break; | |
2990 | |
2991 | |
2992 case notsyntaxspec: | |
2993 k = *p++; | |
2994 for (j = 0; j < (1 << BYTEWIDTH); j++) | |
2995 if (SYNTAX (j) != (enum syntaxcode) k) | |
2996 fastmap[j] = 1; | |
2997 break; | |
2998 | |
2999 | |
3000 /* All cases after this match the empty string. These end with | |
3001 `continue'. */ | |
3002 | |
3003 | |
3004 case before_dot: | |
3005 case at_dot: | |
3006 case after_dot: | |
3007 continue; | |
3008 #endif /* not emacs */ | |
3009 | |
3010 | |
3011 case no_op: | |
3012 case begline: | |
3013 case endline: | |
3014 case begbuf: | |
3015 case endbuf: | |
3016 case wordbound: | |
3017 case notwordbound: | |
3018 case wordbeg: | |
3019 case wordend: | |
3020 case push_dummy_failure: | |
3021 continue; | |
3022 | |
3023 | |
3024 case jump_n: | |
3025 case pop_failure_jump: | |
3026 case maybe_pop_jump: | |
3027 case jump: | |
3028 case jump_past_alt: | |
3029 case dummy_failure_jump: | |
3030 EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (j, p); | |
3031 p += j; | |
3032 if (j > 0) | |
3033 continue; | |
3034 | |
3035 /* Jump backward implies we just went through the body of a | |
3036 loop and matched nothing. Opcode jumped to should be | |
3037 `on_failure_jump' or `succeed_n'. Just treat it like an | |
3038 ordinary jump. For a * loop, it has pushed its failure | |
3039 point already; if so, discard that as redundant. */ | |
3040 if ((re_opcode_t) *p != on_failure_jump | |
3041 && (re_opcode_t) *p != succeed_n) | |
3042 continue; | |
3043 | |
3044 p++; | |
3045 EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (j, p); | |
3046 p += j; | |
3047 | |
3048 /* If what's on the stack is where we are now, pop it. */ | |
3049 if (!FAIL_STACK_EMPTY () | |
3050 && fail_stack.stack[fail_stack.avail - 1] == p) | |
3051 fail_stack.avail--; | |
3052 | |
3053 continue; | |
3054 | |
3055 | |
3056 case on_failure_jump: | |
3057 case on_failure_keep_string_jump: | |
3058 handle_on_failure_jump: | |
3059 EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (j, p); | |
3060 | |
3061 /* For some patterns, e.g., `(a?)?', `p+j' here points to the | |
3062 end of the pattern. We don't want to push such a point, | |
3063 since when we restore it above, entering the switch will | |
3064 increment `p' past the end of the pattern. We don't need | |
3065 to push such a point since we obviously won't find any more | |
3066 fastmap entries beyond `pend'. Such a pattern can match | |
3067 the null string, though. */ | |
3068 if (p + j < pend) | |
3069 { | |
3070 if (!PUSH_PATTERN_OP (p + j, fail_stack)) | |
11622
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
3071 { |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
3072 REGEX_FREE_STACK (fail_stack.stack); |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
3073 return -2; |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
3074 } |
1155 | 3075 } |
3076 else | |
3077 bufp->can_be_null = 1; | |
3078 | |
3079 if (succeed_n_p) | |
3080 { | |
3081 EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (k, p); /* Skip the n. */ | |
3082 succeed_n_p = false; | |
3083 } | |
3084 | |
3085 continue; | |
3086 | |
3087 | |
3088 case succeed_n: | |
3089 /* Get to the number of times to succeed. */ | |
3090 p += 2; | |
3091 | |
3092 /* Increment p past the n for when k != 0. */ | |
3093 EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (k, p); | |
3094 if (k == 0) | |
3095 { | |
3096 p -= 4; | |
3097 succeed_n_p = true; /* Spaghetti code alert. */ | |
3098 goto handle_on_failure_jump; | |
3099 } | |
3100 continue; | |
3101 | |
3102 | |
3103 case set_number_at: | |
3104 p += 4; | |
3105 continue; | |
3106 | |
3107 | |
3108 case start_memory: | |
3109 case stop_memory: | |
3110 p += 2; | |
3111 continue; | |
3112 | |
3113 | |
3114 default: | |
3115 abort (); /* We have listed all the cases. */ | |
3116 } /* switch *p++ */ | |
3117 | |
3118 /* Getting here means we have found the possible starting | |
3119 characters for one path of the pattern -- and that the empty | |
3120 string does not match. We need not follow this path further. | |
3121 Instead, look at the next alternative (remembered on the | |
3122 stack), or quit if no more. The test at the top of the loop | |
3123 does these things. */ | |
3124 path_can_be_null = false; | |
3125 p = pend; | |
3126 } /* while p */ | |
3127 | |
3128 /* Set `can_be_null' for the last path (also the first path, if the | |
3129 pattern is empty). */ | |
3130 bufp->can_be_null |= path_can_be_null; | |
11622
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
3131 |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
3132 done: |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
3133 REGEX_FREE_STACK (fail_stack.stack); |
1155 | 3134 return 0; |
3135 } /* re_compile_fastmap */ | |
3136 | |
3137 /* Set REGS to hold NUM_REGS registers, storing them in STARTS and | |
3138 ENDS. Subsequent matches using PATTERN_BUFFER and REGS will use | |
3139 this memory for recording register information. STARTS and ENDS | |
3140 must be allocated using the malloc library routine, and must each | |
3141 be at least NUM_REGS * sizeof (regoff_t) bytes long. | |
3142 | |
3143 If NUM_REGS == 0, then subsequent matches should allocate their own | |
3144 register data. | |
3145 | |
3146 Unless this function is called, the first search or match using | |
3147 PATTERN_BUFFER will allocate its own register data, without | |
3148 freeing the old data. */ | |
3149 | |
3150 void | |
3151 re_set_registers (bufp, regs, num_regs, starts, ends) | |
3152 struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp; | |
3153 struct re_registers *regs; | |
3154 unsigned num_regs; | |
3155 regoff_t *starts, *ends; | |
3156 { | |
3157 if (num_regs) | |
3158 { | |
3159 bufp->regs_allocated = REGS_REALLOCATE; | |
3160 regs->num_regs = num_regs; | |
3161 regs->start = starts; | |
3162 regs->end = ends; | |
3163 } | |
3164 else | |
3165 { | |
3166 bufp->regs_allocated = REGS_UNALLOCATED; | |
3167 regs->num_regs = 0; | |
5014
6062331f7430
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4918
diff
changeset
|
3168 regs->start = regs->end = (regoff_t *) 0; |
1155 | 3169 } |
3170 } | |
3171 | |
3172 /* Searching routines. */ | |
3173 | |
3174 /* Like re_search_2, below, but only one string is specified, and | |
3175 doesn't let you say where to stop matching. */ | |
3176 | |
3177 int | |
3178 re_search (bufp, string, size, startpos, range, regs) | |
3179 struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp; | |
3180 const char *string; | |
3181 int size, startpos, range; | |
3182 struct re_registers *regs; | |
3183 { | |
3184 return re_search_2 (bufp, NULL, 0, string, size, startpos, range, | |
3185 regs, size); | |
3186 } | |
3187 | |
3188 | |
3189 /* Using the compiled pattern in BUFP->buffer, first tries to match the | |
3190 virtual concatenation of STRING1 and STRING2, starting first at index | |
3191 STARTPOS, then at STARTPOS + 1, and so on. | |
3192 | |
3193 STRING1 and STRING2 have length SIZE1 and SIZE2, respectively. | |
3194 | |
3195 RANGE is how far to scan while trying to match. RANGE = 0 means try | |
3196 only at STARTPOS; in general, the last start tried is STARTPOS + | |
3197 RANGE. | |
3198 | |
3199 In REGS, return the indices of the virtual concatenation of STRING1 | |
3200 and STRING2 that matched the entire BUFP->buffer and its contained | |
3201 subexpressions. | |
3202 | |
3203 Do not consider matching one past the index STOP in the virtual | |
3204 concatenation of STRING1 and STRING2. | |
3205 | |
3206 We return either the position in the strings at which the match was | |
3207 found, -1 if no match, or -2 if error (such as failure | |
3208 stack overflow). */ | |
3209 | |
3210 int | |
3211 re_search_2 (bufp, string1, size1, string2, size2, startpos, range, regs, stop) | |
3212 struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp; | |
3213 const char *string1, *string2; | |
3214 int size1, size2; | |
3215 int startpos; | |
3216 int range; | |
3217 struct re_registers *regs; | |
3218 int stop; | |
3219 { | |
3220 int val; | |
3221 register char *fastmap = bufp->fastmap; | |
3222 register char *translate = bufp->translate; | |
3223 int total_size = size1 + size2; | |
3224 int endpos = startpos + range; | |
3225 | |
3226 /* Check for out-of-range STARTPOS. */ | |
3227 if (startpos < 0 || startpos > total_size) | |
3228 return -1; | |
3229 | |
3230 /* Fix up RANGE if it might eventually take us outside | |
3231 the virtual concatenation of STRING1 and STRING2. */ | |
3232 if (endpos < -1) | |
3233 range = -1 - startpos; | |
3234 else if (endpos > total_size) | |
3235 range = total_size - startpos; | |
3236 | |
3237 /* If the search isn't to be a backwards one, don't waste time in a | |
1637 | 3238 search for a pattern that must be anchored. */ |
3239 if (bufp->used > 0 && (re_opcode_t) bufp->buffer[0] == begbuf && range > 0) | |
1155 | 3240 { |
3241 if (startpos > 0) | |
3242 return -1; | |
3243 else | |
3244 range = 1; | |
3245 } | |
3246 | |
1637 | 3247 /* Update the fastmap now if not correct already. */ |
3248 if (fastmap && !bufp->fastmap_accurate) | |
3249 if (re_compile_fastmap (bufp) == -2) | |
3250 return -2; | |
3251 | |
3252 /* Loop through the string, looking for a place to start matching. */ | |
1155 | 3253 for (;;) |
3254 { | |
3255 /* If a fastmap is supplied, skip quickly over characters that | |
3256 cannot be the start of a match. If the pattern can match the | |
3257 null string, however, we don't need to skip characters; we want | |
3258 the first null string. */ | |
3259 if (fastmap && startpos < total_size && !bufp->can_be_null) | |
3260 { | |
3261 if (range > 0) /* Searching forwards. */ | |
3262 { | |
3263 register const char *d; | |
3264 register int lim = 0; | |
3265 int irange = range; | |
3266 | |
3267 if (startpos < size1 && startpos + range >= size1) | |
3268 lim = range - (size1 - startpos); | |
3269 | |
3270 d = (startpos >= size1 ? string2 - size1 : string1) + startpos; | |
3271 | |
3272 /* Written out as an if-else to avoid testing `translate' | |
3273 inside the loop. */ | |
3274 if (translate) | |
3275 while (range > lim | |
2078 | 3276 && !fastmap[(unsigned char) |
3277 translate[(unsigned char) *d++]]) | |
1155 | 3278 range--; |
3279 else | |
3280 while (range > lim && !fastmap[(unsigned char) *d++]) | |
3281 range--; | |
3282 | |
3283 startpos += irange - range; | |
3284 } | |
3285 else /* Searching backwards. */ | |
3286 { | |
3287 register char c = (size1 == 0 || startpos >= size1 | |
3288 ? string2[startpos - size1] | |
3289 : string1[startpos]); | |
3290 | |
1637 | 3291 if (!fastmap[(unsigned char) TRANSLATE (c)]) |
1155 | 3292 goto advance; |
3293 } | |
3294 } | |
3295 | |
3296 /* If can't match the null string, and that's all we have left, fail. */ | |
3297 if (range >= 0 && startpos == total_size && fastmap | |
3298 && !bufp->can_be_null) | |
3299 return -1; | |
3300 | |
6083 | 3301 val = re_match_2_internal (bufp, string1, size1, string2, size2, |
3302 startpos, regs, stop); | |
7318
eed73d042fa4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7305
diff
changeset
|
3303 #ifndef REGEX_MALLOC |
eed73d042fa4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7305
diff
changeset
|
3304 #ifdef C_ALLOCA |
6083 | 3305 alloca (0); |
7318
eed73d042fa4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7305
diff
changeset
|
3306 #endif |
eed73d042fa4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7305
diff
changeset
|
3307 #endif |
6083 | 3308 |
1155 | 3309 if (val >= 0) |
3310 return startpos; | |
3311 | |
3312 if (val == -2) | |
3313 return -2; | |
3314 | |
3315 advance: | |
3316 if (!range) | |
3317 break; | |
3318 else if (range > 0) | |
3319 { | |
3320 range--; | |
3321 startpos++; | |
3322 } | |
3323 else | |
3324 { | |
3325 range++; | |
3326 startpos--; | |
3327 } | |
3328 } | |
3329 return -1; | |
3330 } /* re_search_2 */ | |
3331 | |
3332 /* Declarations and macros for re_match_2. */ | |
3333 | |
3334 static int bcmp_translate (); | |
3335 static boolean alt_match_null_string_p (), | |
3336 common_op_match_null_string_p (), | |
3337 group_match_null_string_p (); | |
3338 | |
3339 /* This converts PTR, a pointer into one of the search strings `string1' | |
3340 and `string2' into an offset from the beginning of that string. */ | |
4918
e928d39564ad
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4846
diff
changeset
|
3341 #define POINTER_TO_OFFSET(ptr) \ |
e928d39564ad
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4846
diff
changeset
|
3342 (FIRST_STRING_P (ptr) \ |
e928d39564ad
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4846
diff
changeset
|
3343 ? ((regoff_t) ((ptr) - string1)) \ |
e928d39564ad
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4846
diff
changeset
|
3344 : ((regoff_t) ((ptr) - string2 + size1))) |
1155 | 3345 |
3346 /* Macros for dealing with the split strings in re_match_2. */ | |
3347 | |
3348 #define MATCHING_IN_FIRST_STRING (dend == end_match_1) | |
3349 | |
3350 /* Call before fetching a character with *d. This switches over to | |
3351 string2 if necessary. */ | |
3352 #define PREFETCH() \ | |
3353 while (d == dend) \ | |
3354 { \ | |
3355 /* End of string2 => fail. */ \ | |
3356 if (dend == end_match_2) \ | |
3357 goto fail; \ | |
3358 /* End of string1 => advance to string2. */ \ | |
3359 d = string2; \ | |
3360 dend = end_match_2; \ | |
3361 } | |
3362 | |
3363 | |
3364 /* Test if at very beginning or at very end of the virtual concatenation | |
3365 of `string1' and `string2'. If only one string, it's `string2'. */ | |
1637 | 3366 #define AT_STRINGS_BEG(d) ((d) == (size1 ? string1 : string2) || !size2) |
3367 #define AT_STRINGS_END(d) ((d) == end2) | |
1155 | 3368 |
3369 | |
3370 /* Test if D points to a character which is word-constituent. We have | |
3371 two special cases to check for: if past the end of string1, look at | |
3372 the first character in string2; and if before the beginning of | |
1637 | 3373 string2, look at the last character in string1. */ |
3374 #define WORDCHAR_P(d) \ | |
1155 | 3375 (SYNTAX ((d) == end1 ? *string2 \ |
1637 | 3376 : (d) == string2 - 1 ? *(end1 - 1) : *(d)) \ |
3377 == Sword) | |
1155 | 3378 |
3379 /* Test if the character before D and the one at D differ with respect | |
3380 to being word-constituent. */ | |
3381 #define AT_WORD_BOUNDARY(d) \ | |
1637 | 3382 (AT_STRINGS_BEG (d) || AT_STRINGS_END (d) \ |
3383 || WORDCHAR_P (d - 1) != WORDCHAR_P (d)) | |
1155 | 3384 |
3385 | |
3386 /* Free everything we malloc. */ | |
2952 | 3387 #ifdef MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE |
11622
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
3388 #define FREE_VAR(var) if (var) REGEX_FREE (var); var = NULL |
1155 | 3389 #define FREE_VARIABLES() \ |
3390 do { \ | |
11622
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
3391 REGEX_FREE_STACK (fail_stack.stack); \ |
1155 | 3392 FREE_VAR (regstart); \ |
3393 FREE_VAR (regend); \ | |
3394 FREE_VAR (old_regstart); \ | |
3395 FREE_VAR (old_regend); \ | |
3396 FREE_VAR (best_regstart); \ | |
3397 FREE_VAR (best_regend); \ | |
3398 FREE_VAR (reg_info); \ | |
3399 FREE_VAR (reg_dummy); \ | |
3400 FREE_VAR (reg_info_dummy); \ | |
3401 } while (0) | |
2952 | 3402 #else |
3403 #define FREE_VARIABLES() /* Do nothing! */ | |
3404 #endif /* not MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE */ | |
1155 | 3405 |
3406 /* These values must meet several constraints. They must not be valid | |
3407 register values; since we have a limit of 255 registers (because | |
3408 we use only one byte in the pattern for the register number), we can | |
3409 use numbers larger than 255. They must differ by 1, because of | |
3410 NUM_FAILURE_ITEMS above. And the value for the lowest register must | |
3411 be larger than the value for the highest register, so we do not try | |
3412 to actually save any registers when none are active. */ | |
3413 #define NO_HIGHEST_ACTIVE_REG (1 << BYTEWIDTH) | |
3414 #define NO_LOWEST_ACTIVE_REG (NO_HIGHEST_ACTIVE_REG + 1) | |
3415 | |
3416 /* Matching routines. */ | |
3417 | |
3418 #ifndef emacs /* Emacs never uses this. */ | |
3419 /* re_match is like re_match_2 except it takes only a single string. */ | |
3420 | |
3421 int | |
3422 re_match (bufp, string, size, pos, regs) | |
3423 struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp; | |
3424 const char *string; | |
3425 int size, pos; | |
3426 struct re_registers *regs; | |
6083 | 3427 { |
3428 int result = re_match_2_internal (bufp, NULL, 0, string, size, | |
3429 pos, regs, size); | |
3430 alloca (0); | |
3431 return result; | |
1155 | 3432 } |
3433 #endif /* not emacs */ | |
3434 | |
3435 | |
3436 /* re_match_2 matches the compiled pattern in BUFP against the | |
3437 the (virtual) concatenation of STRING1 and STRING2 (of length SIZE1 | |
3438 and SIZE2, respectively). We start matching at POS, and stop | |
3439 matching at STOP. | |
3440 | |
3441 If REGS is non-null and the `no_sub' field of BUFP is nonzero, we | |
3442 store offsets for the substring each group matched in REGS. See the | |
3443 documentation for exactly how many groups we fill. | |
3444 | |
3445 We return -1 if no match, -2 if an internal error (such as the | |
3446 failure stack overflowing). Otherwise, we return the length of the | |
3447 matched substring. */ | |
3448 | |
3449 int | |
3450 re_match_2 (bufp, string1, size1, string2, size2, pos, regs, stop) | |
3451 struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp; | |
3452 const char *string1, *string2; | |
3453 int size1, size2; | |
3454 int pos; | |
3455 struct re_registers *regs; | |
3456 int stop; | |
3457 { | |
6083 | 3458 int result = re_match_2_internal (bufp, string1, size1, string2, size2, |
3459 pos, regs, stop); | |
3460 alloca (0); | |
3461 return result; | |
3462 } | |
3463 | |
3464 /* This is a separate function so that we can force an alloca cleanup | |
3465 afterwards. */ | |
3466 static int | |
3467 re_match_2_internal (bufp, string1, size1, string2, size2, pos, regs, stop) | |
3468 struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp; | |
3469 const char *string1, *string2; | |
3470 int size1, size2; | |
3471 int pos; | |
3472 struct re_registers *regs; | |
3473 int stop; | |
3474 { | |
1155 | 3475 /* General temporaries. */ |
3476 int mcnt; | |
3477 unsigned char *p1; | |
3478 | |
3479 /* Just past the end of the corresponding string. */ | |
3480 const char *end1, *end2; | |
3481 | |
3482 /* Pointers into string1 and string2, just past the last characters in | |
3483 each to consider matching. */ | |
3484 const char *end_match_1, *end_match_2; | |
3485 | |
3486 /* Where we are in the data, and the end of the current string. */ | |
3487 const char *d, *dend; | |
3488 | |
3489 /* Where we are in the pattern, and the end of the pattern. */ | |
3490 unsigned char *p = bufp->buffer; | |
3491 register unsigned char *pend = p + bufp->used; | |
3492 | |
5842 | 3493 /* Mark the opcode just after a start_memory, so we can test for an |
3494 empty subpattern when we get to the stop_memory. */ | |
3495 unsigned char *just_past_start_mem = 0; | |
3496 | |
1155 | 3497 /* We use this to map every character in the string. */ |
3498 char *translate = bufp->translate; | |
3499 | |
3500 /* Failure point stack. Each place that can handle a failure further | |
3501 down the line pushes a failure point on this stack. It consists of | |
3502 restart, regend, and reg_info for all registers corresponding to | |
3503 the subexpressions we're currently inside, plus the number of such | |
3504 registers, and, finally, two char *'s. The first char * is where | |
3505 to resume scanning the pattern; the second one is where to resume | |
3506 scanning the strings. If the latter is zero, the failure point is | |
3507 a ``dummy''; if a failure happens and the failure point is a dummy, | |
3508 it gets discarded and the next next one is tried. */ | |
2952 | 3509 #ifdef MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE /* otherwise, this is global. */ |
1155 | 3510 fail_stack_type fail_stack; |
2949 | 3511 #endif |
1155 | 3512 #ifdef DEBUG |
3513 static unsigned failure_id = 0; | |
1637 | 3514 unsigned nfailure_points_pushed = 0, nfailure_points_popped = 0; |
1155 | 3515 #endif |
3516 | |
11622
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
3517 /* This holds the pointer to the failure stack, when |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
3518 it is allocated relocatably. */ |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
3519 fail_stack_elt_t *failure_stack_ptr; |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
3520 |
1155 | 3521 /* We fill all the registers internally, independent of what we |
3522 return, for use in backreferences. The number here includes | |
3523 an element for register zero. */ | |
3524 unsigned num_regs = bufp->re_nsub + 1; | |
3525 | |
3526 /* The currently active registers. */ | |
3527 unsigned lowest_active_reg = NO_LOWEST_ACTIVE_REG; | |
3528 unsigned highest_active_reg = NO_HIGHEST_ACTIVE_REG; | |
3529 | |
3530 /* Information on the contents of registers. These are pointers into | |
3531 the input strings; they record just what was matched (on this | |
3532 attempt) by a subexpression part of the pattern, that is, the | |
3533 regnum-th regstart pointer points to where in the pattern we began | |
3534 matching and the regnum-th regend points to right after where we | |
3535 stopped matching the regnum-th subexpression. (The zeroth register | |
3536 keeps track of what the whole pattern matches.) */ | |
2952 | 3537 #ifdef MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE /* otherwise, these are global. */ |
1155 | 3538 const char **regstart, **regend; |
2949 | 3539 #endif |
1155 | 3540 |
3541 /* If a group that's operated upon by a repetition operator fails to | |
3542 match anything, then the register for its start will need to be | |
3543 restored because it will have been set to wherever in the string we | |
3544 are when we last see its open-group operator. Similarly for a | |
3545 register's end. */ | |
2952 | 3546 #ifdef MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE /* otherwise, these are global. */ |
1155 | 3547 const char **old_regstart, **old_regend; |
2949 | 3548 #endif |
1155 | 3549 |
3550 /* The is_active field of reg_info helps us keep track of which (possibly | |
3551 nested) subexpressions we are currently in. The matched_something | |
3552 field of reg_info[reg_num] helps us tell whether or not we have | |
3553 matched any of the pattern so far this time through the reg_num-th | |
3554 subexpression. These two fields get reset each time through any | |
3555 loop their register is in. */ | |
2952 | 3556 #ifdef MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE /* otherwise, this is global. */ |
1155 | 3557 register_info_type *reg_info; |
2949 | 3558 #endif |
1155 | 3559 |
3560 /* The following record the register info as found in the above | |
3561 variables when we find a match better than any we've seen before. | |
3562 This happens as we backtrack through the failure points, which in | |
3563 turn happens only if we have not yet matched the entire string. */ | |
3564 unsigned best_regs_set = false; | |
2952 | 3565 #ifdef MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE /* otherwise, these are global. */ |
1155 | 3566 const char **best_regstart, **best_regend; |
2949 | 3567 #endif |
1155 | 3568 |
3569 /* Logically, this is `best_regend[0]'. But we don't want to have to | |
3570 allocate space for that if we're not allocating space for anything | |
3571 else (see below). Also, we never need info about register 0 for | |
3572 any of the other register vectors, and it seems rather a kludge to | |
3573 treat `best_regend' differently than the rest. So we keep track of | |
3574 the end of the best match so far in a separate variable. We | |
3575 initialize this to NULL so that when we backtrack the first time | |
3576 and need to test it, it's not garbage. */ | |
3577 const char *match_end = NULL; | |
3578 | |
10242
8fa35cc770be
(SET_REGS_MATCHED): Do nothing if set_regs_matched_done is 1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10148
diff
changeset
|
3579 /* This helps SET_REGS_MATCHED avoid doing redundant work. */ |
8fa35cc770be
(SET_REGS_MATCHED): Do nothing if set_regs_matched_done is 1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10148
diff
changeset
|
3580 int set_regs_matched_done = 0; |
8fa35cc770be
(SET_REGS_MATCHED): Do nothing if set_regs_matched_done is 1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10148
diff
changeset
|
3581 |
1155 | 3582 /* Used when we pop values we don't care about. */ |
2952 | 3583 #ifdef MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE /* otherwise, these are global. */ |
1155 | 3584 const char **reg_dummy; |
3585 register_info_type *reg_info_dummy; | |
2949 | 3586 #endif |
1155 | 3587 |
3588 #ifdef DEBUG | |
3589 /* Counts the total number of registers pushed. */ | |
3590 unsigned num_regs_pushed = 0; | |
3591 #endif | |
3592 | |
3593 DEBUG_PRINT1 ("\n\nEntering re_match_2.\n"); | |
3594 | |
3595 INIT_FAIL_STACK (); | |
3596 | |
2952 | 3597 #ifdef MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE |
1155 | 3598 /* Do not bother to initialize all the register variables if there are |
3599 no groups in the pattern, as it takes a fair amount of time. If | |
3600 there are groups, we include space for register 0 (the whole | |
3601 pattern), even though we never use it, since it simplifies the | |
3602 array indexing. We should fix this. */ | |
3603 if (bufp->re_nsub) | |
3604 { | |
3605 regstart = REGEX_TALLOC (num_regs, const char *); | |
3606 regend = REGEX_TALLOC (num_regs, const char *); | |
3607 old_regstart = REGEX_TALLOC (num_regs, const char *); | |
3608 old_regend = REGEX_TALLOC (num_regs, const char *); | |
3609 best_regstart = REGEX_TALLOC (num_regs, const char *); | |
3610 best_regend = REGEX_TALLOC (num_regs, const char *); | |
3611 reg_info = REGEX_TALLOC (num_regs, register_info_type); | |
3612 reg_dummy = REGEX_TALLOC (num_regs, const char *); | |
3613 reg_info_dummy = REGEX_TALLOC (num_regs, register_info_type); | |
3614 | |
3615 if (!(regstart && regend && old_regstart && old_regend && reg_info | |
3616 && best_regstart && best_regend && reg_dummy && reg_info_dummy)) | |
3617 { | |
3618 FREE_VARIABLES (); | |
3619 return -2; | |
3620 } | |
3621 } | |
3622 else | |
3623 { | |
3624 /* We must initialize all our variables to NULL, so that | |
1637 | 3625 `FREE_VARIABLES' doesn't try to free them. */ |
1155 | 3626 regstart = regend = old_regstart = old_regend = best_regstart |
3627 = best_regend = reg_dummy = NULL; | |
3628 reg_info = reg_info_dummy = (register_info_type *) NULL; | |
3629 } | |
2952 | 3630 #endif /* MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE */ |
1155 | 3631 |
3632 /* The starting position is bogus. */ | |
3633 if (pos < 0 || pos > size1 + size2) | |
3634 { | |
3635 FREE_VARIABLES (); | |
3636 return -1; | |
3637 } | |
3638 | |
3639 /* Initialize subexpression text positions to -1 to mark ones that no | |
3640 start_memory/stop_memory has been seen for. Also initialize the | |
3641 register information struct. */ | |
3642 for (mcnt = 1; mcnt < num_regs; mcnt++) | |
3643 { | |
3644 regstart[mcnt] = regend[mcnt] | |
3645 = old_regstart[mcnt] = old_regend[mcnt] = REG_UNSET_VALUE; | |
3646 | |
3647 REG_MATCH_NULL_STRING_P (reg_info[mcnt]) = MATCH_NULL_UNSET_VALUE; | |
3648 IS_ACTIVE (reg_info[mcnt]) = 0; | |
3649 MATCHED_SOMETHING (reg_info[mcnt]) = 0; | |
3650 EVER_MATCHED_SOMETHING (reg_info[mcnt]) = 0; | |
3651 } | |
3652 | |
3653 /* We move `string1' into `string2' if the latter's empty -- but not if | |
3654 `string1' is null. */ | |
3655 if (size2 == 0 && string1 != NULL) | |
3656 { | |
3657 string2 = string1; | |
3658 size2 = size1; | |
3659 string1 = 0; | |
3660 size1 = 0; | |
3661 } | |
3662 end1 = string1 + size1; | |
3663 end2 = string2 + size2; | |
3664 | |
3665 /* Compute where to stop matching, within the two strings. */ | |
3666 if (stop <= size1) | |
3667 { | |
3668 end_match_1 = string1 + stop; | |
3669 end_match_2 = string2; | |
3670 } | |
3671 else | |
3672 { | |
3673 end_match_1 = end1; | |
3674 end_match_2 = string2 + stop - size1; | |
3675 } | |
3676 | |
3677 /* `p' scans through the pattern as `d' scans through the data. | |
3678 `dend' is the end of the input string that `d' points within. `d' | |
3679 is advanced into the following input string whenever necessary, but | |
3680 this happens before fetching; therefore, at the beginning of the | |
3681 loop, `d' can be pointing at the end of a string, but it cannot | |
3682 equal `string2'. */ | |
3683 if (size1 > 0 && pos <= size1) | |
3684 { | |
3685 d = string1 + pos; | |
3686 dend = end_match_1; | |
3687 } | |
3688 else | |
3689 { | |
3690 d = string2 + pos - size1; | |
3691 dend = end_match_2; | |
3692 } | |
3693 | |
3694 DEBUG_PRINT1 ("The compiled pattern is: "); | |
3695 DEBUG_PRINT_COMPILED_PATTERN (bufp, p, pend); | |
3696 DEBUG_PRINT1 ("The string to match is: `"); | |
3697 DEBUG_PRINT_DOUBLE_STRING (d, string1, size1, string2, size2); | |
3698 DEBUG_PRINT1 ("'\n"); | |
3699 | |
3700 /* This loops over pattern commands. It exits by returning from the | |
3701 function if the match is complete, or it drops through if the match | |
3702 fails at this starting point in the input data. */ | |
3703 for (;;) | |
3704 { | |
3705 DEBUG_PRINT2 ("\n0x%x: ", p); | |
3706 | |
3707 if (p == pend) | |
3708 { /* End of pattern means we might have succeeded. */ | |
1637 | 3709 DEBUG_PRINT1 ("end of pattern ... "); |
3710 | |
3711 /* If we haven't matched the entire string, and we want the | |
3712 longest match, try backtracking. */ | |
1155 | 3713 if (d != end_match_2) |
3714 { | |
8114
bebf92e1b110
(re_compile_fastmap): Either set fastmap['\n'] to 1 or don't change it.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8102
diff
changeset
|
3715 /* 1 if this match ends in the same string (string1 or string2) |
bebf92e1b110
(re_compile_fastmap): Either set fastmap['\n'] to 1 or don't change it.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8102
diff
changeset
|
3716 as the best previous match. */ |
bebf92e1b110
(re_compile_fastmap): Either set fastmap['\n'] to 1 or don't change it.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8102
diff
changeset
|
3717 boolean same_str_p = (FIRST_STRING_P (match_end) |
bebf92e1b110
(re_compile_fastmap): Either set fastmap['\n'] to 1 or don't change it.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8102
diff
changeset
|
3718 == MATCHING_IN_FIRST_STRING); |
bebf92e1b110
(re_compile_fastmap): Either set fastmap['\n'] to 1 or don't change it.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8102
diff
changeset
|
3719 /* 1 if this match is the best seen so far. */ |
8561
dc5353720725
(regex_compile): Split an if to avoid compiler bug.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8402
diff
changeset
|
3720 boolean best_match_p; |
dc5353720725
(regex_compile): Split an if to avoid compiler bug.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8402
diff
changeset
|
3721 |
dc5353720725
(regex_compile): Split an if to avoid compiler bug.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8402
diff
changeset
|
3722 /* AIX compiler got confused when this was combined |
dc5353720725
(regex_compile): Split an if to avoid compiler bug.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8402
diff
changeset
|
3723 with the previous declaration. */ |
dc5353720725
(regex_compile): Split an if to avoid compiler bug.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8402
diff
changeset
|
3724 if (same_str_p) |
dc5353720725
(regex_compile): Split an if to avoid compiler bug.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8402
diff
changeset
|
3725 best_match_p = d > match_end; |
dc5353720725
(regex_compile): Split an if to avoid compiler bug.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8402
diff
changeset
|
3726 else |
dc5353720725
(regex_compile): Split an if to avoid compiler bug.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8402
diff
changeset
|
3727 best_match_p = !MATCHING_IN_FIRST_STRING; |
8114
bebf92e1b110
(re_compile_fastmap): Either set fastmap['\n'] to 1 or don't change it.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8102
diff
changeset
|
3728 |
1155 | 3729 DEBUG_PRINT1 ("backtracking.\n"); |
3730 | |
3731 if (!FAIL_STACK_EMPTY ()) | |
3732 { /* More failure points to try. */ | |
3733 | |
3734 /* If exceeds best match so far, save it. */ | |
8114
bebf92e1b110
(re_compile_fastmap): Either set fastmap['\n'] to 1 or don't change it.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8102
diff
changeset
|
3735 if (!best_regs_set || best_match_p) |
1155 | 3736 { |
3737 best_regs_set = true; | |
3738 match_end = d; | |
3739 | |
3740 DEBUG_PRINT1 ("\nSAVING match as best so far.\n"); | |
3741 | |
3742 for (mcnt = 1; mcnt < num_regs; mcnt++) | |
3743 { | |
3744 best_regstart[mcnt] = regstart[mcnt]; | |
3745 best_regend[mcnt] = regend[mcnt]; | |
3746 } | |
3747 } | |
3748 goto fail; | |
3749 } | |
3750 | |
8114
bebf92e1b110
(re_compile_fastmap): Either set fastmap['\n'] to 1 or don't change it.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8102
diff
changeset
|
3751 /* If no failure points, don't restore garbage. And if |
bebf92e1b110
(re_compile_fastmap): Either set fastmap['\n'] to 1 or don't change it.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8102
diff
changeset
|
3752 last match is real best match, don't restore second |
bebf92e1b110
(re_compile_fastmap): Either set fastmap['\n'] to 1 or don't change it.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8102
diff
changeset
|
3753 best one. */ |
bebf92e1b110
(re_compile_fastmap): Either set fastmap['\n'] to 1 or don't change it.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8102
diff
changeset
|
3754 else if (best_regs_set && !best_match_p) |
1155 | 3755 { |
3756 restore_best_regs: | |
3757 /* Restore best match. It may happen that `dend == | |
3758 end_match_1' while the restored d is in string2. | |
3759 For example, the pattern `x.*y.*z' against the | |
3760 strings `x-' and `y-z-', if the two strings are | |
3761 not consecutive in memory. */ | |
1637 | 3762 DEBUG_PRINT1 ("Restoring best registers.\n"); |
3763 | |
1155 | 3764 d = match_end; |
3765 dend = ((d >= string1 && d <= end1) | |
3766 ? end_match_1 : end_match_2); | |
3767 | |
3768 for (mcnt = 1; mcnt < num_regs; mcnt++) | |
3769 { | |
3770 regstart[mcnt] = best_regstart[mcnt]; | |
3771 regend[mcnt] = best_regend[mcnt]; | |
3772 } | |
3773 } | |
3774 } /* d != end_match_2 */ | |
3775 | |
11330
20a91bd7b59d
(re_match_2_internal): Eliminate cast of ptr to int.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10850
diff
changeset
|
3776 succeed_label: |
1637 | 3777 DEBUG_PRINT1 ("Accepting match.\n"); |
1155 | 3778 |
3779 /* If caller wants register contents data back, do it. */ | |
3780 if (regs && !bufp->no_sub) | |
3781 { | |
3782 /* Have the register data arrays been allocated? */ | |
3783 if (bufp->regs_allocated == REGS_UNALLOCATED) | |
3784 { /* No. So allocate them with malloc. We need one | |
3785 extra element beyond `num_regs' for the `-1' marker | |
3786 GNU code uses. */ | |
3787 regs->num_regs = MAX (RE_NREGS, num_regs + 1); | |
3788 regs->start = TALLOC (regs->num_regs, regoff_t); | |
3789 regs->end = TALLOC (regs->num_regs, regoff_t); | |
3790 if (regs->start == NULL || regs->end == NULL) | |
11622
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
3791 { |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
3792 FREE_VARIABLES (); |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
3793 return -2; |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
3794 } |
1155 | 3795 bufp->regs_allocated = REGS_REALLOCATE; |
3796 } | |
3797 else if (bufp->regs_allocated == REGS_REALLOCATE) | |
3798 { /* Yes. If we need more elements than were already | |
3799 allocated, reallocate them. If we need fewer, just | |
3800 leave it alone. */ | |
3801 if (regs->num_regs < num_regs + 1) | |
3802 { | |
3803 regs->num_regs = num_regs + 1; | |
3804 RETALLOC (regs->start, regs->num_regs, regoff_t); | |
3805 RETALLOC (regs->end, regs->num_regs, regoff_t); | |
3806 if (regs->start == NULL || regs->end == NULL) | |
11622
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
3807 { |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
3808 FREE_VARIABLES (); |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
3809 return -2; |
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
3810 } |
1155 | 3811 } |
3812 } | |
3813 else | |
2465 | 3814 { |
3815 /* These braces fend off a "empty body in an else-statement" | |
3816 warning under GCC when assert expands to nothing. */ | |
3817 assert (bufp->regs_allocated == REGS_FIXED); | |
3818 } | |
1155 | 3819 |
3820 /* Convert the pointer data in `regstart' and `regend' to | |
3821 indices. Register zero has to be set differently, | |
3822 since we haven't kept track of any info for it. */ | |
3823 if (regs->num_regs > 0) | |
3824 { | |
3825 regs->start[0] = pos; | |
4918
e928d39564ad
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4846
diff
changeset
|
3826 regs->end[0] = (MATCHING_IN_FIRST_STRING |
e928d39564ad
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4846
diff
changeset
|
3827 ? ((regoff_t) (d - string1)) |
e928d39564ad
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4846
diff
changeset
|
3828 : ((regoff_t) (d - string2 + size1))); |
1155 | 3829 } |
3830 | |
3831 /* Go through the first `min (num_regs, regs->num_regs)' | |
3832 registers, since that is all we initialized. */ | |
3833 for (mcnt = 1; mcnt < MIN (num_regs, regs->num_regs); mcnt++) | |
3834 { | |
3835 if (REG_UNSET (regstart[mcnt]) || REG_UNSET (regend[mcnt])) | |
3836 regs->start[mcnt] = regs->end[mcnt] = -1; | |
3837 else | |
3838 { | |
4918
e928d39564ad
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4846
diff
changeset
|
3839 regs->start[mcnt] |
e928d39564ad
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4846
diff
changeset
|
3840 = (regoff_t) POINTER_TO_OFFSET (regstart[mcnt]); |
e928d39564ad
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4846
diff
changeset
|
3841 regs->end[mcnt] |
e928d39564ad
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4846
diff
changeset
|
3842 = (regoff_t) POINTER_TO_OFFSET (regend[mcnt]); |
1155 | 3843 } |
3844 } | |
3845 | |
3846 /* If the regs structure we return has more elements than | |
3847 were in the pattern, set the extra elements to -1. If | |
3848 we (re)allocated the registers, this is the case, | |
3849 because we always allocate enough to have at least one | |
3850 -1 at the end. */ | |
3851 for (mcnt = num_regs; mcnt < regs->num_regs; mcnt++) | |
3852 regs->start[mcnt] = regs->end[mcnt] = -1; | |
3853 } /* regs && !bufp->no_sub */ | |
3854 | |
1637 | 3855 DEBUG_PRINT4 ("%u failure points pushed, %u popped (%u remain).\n", |
3856 nfailure_points_pushed, nfailure_points_popped, | |
3857 nfailure_points_pushed - nfailure_points_popped); | |
3858 DEBUG_PRINT2 ("%u registers pushed.\n", num_regs_pushed); | |
1155 | 3859 |
3860 mcnt = d - pos - (MATCHING_IN_FIRST_STRING | |
3861 ? string1 | |
3862 : string2 - size1); | |
3863 | |
3864 DEBUG_PRINT2 ("Returning %d from re_match_2.\n", mcnt); | |
3865 | |
11622
eba5c25341ff
(PUSH_FAILURE_INT, POP_FAILURE_INT): Use WIDE_INT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11330
diff
changeset
|
3866 FREE_VARIABLES (); |
1155 | 3867 return mcnt; |
3868 } | |
3869 | |
3870 /* Otherwise match next pattern command. */ | |
10456
9c6110615166
[!emacs] (SWITCH_ENUM_CAST): New macro, from emacs/lisp.h
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10297
diff
changeset
|
3871 switch (SWITCH_ENUM_CAST ((re_opcode_t) *p++)) |
1155 | 3872 { |
3873 /* Ignore these. Used to ignore the n of succeed_n's which | |
3874 currently have n == 0. */ | |
3875 case no_op: | |
3876 DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING no_op.\n"); | |
3877 break; | |
3878 | |
9983
ef6e1637c777
(re_opcode_t): New opcode `succeed'
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9717
diff
changeset
|
3879 case succeed: |
ef6e1637c777
(re_opcode_t): New opcode `succeed'
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9717
diff
changeset
|
3880 DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING succeed.\n"); |
11330
20a91bd7b59d
(re_match_2_internal): Eliminate cast of ptr to int.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10850
diff
changeset
|
3881 goto succeed_label; |
1155 | 3882 |
3883 /* Match the next n pattern characters exactly. The following | |
3884 byte in the pattern defines n, and the n bytes after that | |
3885 are the characters to match. */ | |
3886 case exactn: | |
3887 mcnt = *p++; | |
3888 DEBUG_PRINT2 ("EXECUTING exactn %d.\n", mcnt); | |
3889 | |
3890 /* This is written out as an if-else so we don't waste time | |
3891 testing `translate' inside the loop. */ | |
3892 if (translate) | |
3893 { | |
3894 do | |
3895 { | |
3896 PREFETCH (); | |
3897 if (translate[(unsigned char) *d++] != (char) *p++) | |
3898 goto fail; | |
3899 } | |
3900 while (--mcnt); | |
3901 } | |
3902 else | |
3903 { | |
3904 do | |
3905 { | |
3906 PREFETCH (); | |
3907 if (*d++ != (char) *p++) goto fail; | |
3908 } | |
3909 while (--mcnt); | |
3910 } | |
3911 SET_REGS_MATCHED (); | |
3912 break; | |
3913 | |
3914 | |
3915 /* Match any character except possibly a newline or a null. */ | |
3916 case anychar: | |
3917 DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING anychar.\n"); | |
3918 | |
3919 PREFETCH (); | |
3920 | |
3921 if ((!(bufp->syntax & RE_DOT_NEWLINE) && TRANSLATE (*d) == '\n') | |
3922 || (bufp->syntax & RE_DOT_NOT_NULL && TRANSLATE (*d) == '\000')) | |
3923 goto fail; | |
3924 | |
3925 SET_REGS_MATCHED (); | |
3926 DEBUG_PRINT2 (" Matched `%d'.\n", *d); | |
3927 d++; | |
3928 break; | |
3929 | |
3930 | |
3931 case charset: | |
3932 case charset_not: | |
3933 { | |
3934 register unsigned char c; | |
3935 boolean not = (re_opcode_t) *(p - 1) == charset_not; | |
3936 | |
3937 DEBUG_PRINT2 ("EXECUTING charset%s.\n", not ? "_not" : ""); | |
3938 | |
3939 PREFETCH (); | |
3940 c = TRANSLATE (*d); /* The character to match. */ | |
3941 | |
3942 /* Cast to `unsigned' instead of `unsigned char' in case the | |
3943 bit list is a full 32 bytes long. */ | |
3944 if (c < (unsigned) (*p * BYTEWIDTH) | |
3945 && p[1 + c / BYTEWIDTH] & (1 << (c % BYTEWIDTH))) | |
3946 not = !not; | |
3947 | |
3948 p += 1 + *p; | |
3949 | |
3950 if (!not) goto fail; | |
3951 | |
3952 SET_REGS_MATCHED (); | |
3953 d++; | |
3954 break; | |
3955 } | |
3956 | |
3957 | |
3958 /* The beginning of a group is represented by start_memory. | |
3959 The arguments are the register number in the next byte, and the | |
3960 number of groups inner to this one in the next. The text | |
3961 matched within the group is recorded (in the internal | |
3962 registers data structure) under the register number. */ | |
3963 case start_memory: | |
3964 DEBUG_PRINT3 ("EXECUTING start_memory %d (%d):\n", *p, p[1]); | |
3965 | |
3966 /* Find out if this group can match the empty string. */ | |
3967 p1 = p; /* To send to group_match_null_string_p. */ | |
3968 | |
3969 if (REG_MATCH_NULL_STRING_P (reg_info[*p]) == MATCH_NULL_UNSET_VALUE) | |
3970 REG_MATCH_NULL_STRING_P (reg_info[*p]) | |
3971 = group_match_null_string_p (&p1, pend, reg_info); | |
3972 | |
3973 /* Save the position in the string where we were the last time | |
3974 we were at this open-group operator in case the group is | |
3975 operated upon by a repetition operator, e.g., with `(a*)*b' | |
3976 against `ab'; then we want to ignore where we are now in | |
3977 the string in case this attempt to match fails. */ | |
3978 old_regstart[*p] = REG_MATCH_NULL_STRING_P (reg_info[*p]) | |
3979 ? REG_UNSET (regstart[*p]) ? d : regstart[*p] | |
3980 : regstart[*p]; | |
3981 DEBUG_PRINT2 (" old_regstart: %d\n", | |
3982 POINTER_TO_OFFSET (old_regstart[*p])); | |
3983 | |
3984 regstart[*p] = d; | |
3985 DEBUG_PRINT2 (" regstart: %d\n", POINTER_TO_OFFSET (regstart[*p])); | |
3986 | |
3987 IS_ACTIVE (reg_info[*p]) = 1; | |
3988 MATCHED_SOMETHING (reg_info[*p]) = 0; | |
10242
8fa35cc770be
(SET_REGS_MATCHED): Do nothing if set_regs_matched_done is 1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10148
diff
changeset
|
3989 |
8fa35cc770be
(SET_REGS_MATCHED): Do nothing if set_regs_matched_done is 1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10148
diff
changeset
|
3990 /* Clear this whenever we change the register activity status. */ |
8fa35cc770be
(SET_REGS_MATCHED): Do nothing if set_regs_matched_done is 1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10148
diff
changeset
|
3991 set_regs_matched_done = 0; |
1155 | 3992 |
3993 /* This is the new highest active register. */ | |
3994 highest_active_reg = *p; | |
3995 | |
3996 /* If nothing was active before, this is the new lowest active | |
3997 register. */ | |
3998 if (lowest_active_reg == NO_LOWEST_ACTIVE_REG) | |
3999 lowest_active_reg = *p; | |
4000 | |
4001 /* Move past the register number and inner group count. */ | |
4002 p += 2; | |
5842 | 4003 just_past_start_mem = p; |
10242
8fa35cc770be
(SET_REGS_MATCHED): Do nothing if set_regs_matched_done is 1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10148
diff
changeset
|
4004 |
1155 | 4005 break; |
4006 | |
4007 | |
4008 /* The stop_memory opcode represents the end of a group. Its | |
4009 arguments are the same as start_memory's: the register | |
4010 number, and the number of inner groups. */ | |
4011 case stop_memory: | |
4012 DEBUG_PRINT3 ("EXECUTING stop_memory %d (%d):\n", *p, p[1]); | |
4013 | |
4014 /* We need to save the string position the last time we were at | |
4015 this close-group operator in case the group is operated | |
4016 upon by a repetition operator, e.g., with `((a*)*(b*)*)*' | |
4017 against `aba'; then we want to ignore where we are now in | |
4018 the string in case this attempt to match fails. */ | |
4019 old_regend[*p] = REG_MATCH_NULL_STRING_P (reg_info[*p]) | |
4020 ? REG_UNSET (regend[*p]) ? d : regend[*p] | |
4021 : regend[*p]; | |
4022 DEBUG_PRINT2 (" old_regend: %d\n", | |
4023 POINTER_TO_OFFSET (old_regend[*p])); | |
4024 | |
4025 regend[*p] = d; | |
4026 DEBUG_PRINT2 (" regend: %d\n", POINTER_TO_OFFSET (regend[*p])); | |
4027 | |
4028 /* This register isn't active anymore. */ | |
4029 IS_ACTIVE (reg_info[*p]) = 0; | |
10242
8fa35cc770be
(SET_REGS_MATCHED): Do nothing if set_regs_matched_done is 1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10148
diff
changeset
|
4030 |
8fa35cc770be
(SET_REGS_MATCHED): Do nothing if set_regs_matched_done is 1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10148
diff
changeset
|
4031 /* Clear this whenever we change the register activity status. */ |
8fa35cc770be
(SET_REGS_MATCHED): Do nothing if set_regs_matched_done is 1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10148
diff
changeset
|
4032 set_regs_matched_done = 0; |
8fa35cc770be
(SET_REGS_MATCHED): Do nothing if set_regs_matched_done is 1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10148
diff
changeset
|
4033 |
1155 | 4034 /* If this was the only register active, nothing is active |
4035 anymore. */ | |
4036 if (lowest_active_reg == highest_active_reg) | |
4037 { | |
4038 lowest_active_reg = NO_LOWEST_ACTIVE_REG; | |
4039 highest_active_reg = NO_HIGHEST_ACTIVE_REG; | |
4040 } | |
4041 else | |
4042 { /* We must scan for the new highest active register, since | |
4043 it isn't necessarily one less than now: consider | |
4044 (a(b)c(d(e)f)g). When group 3 ends, after the f), the | |
4045 new highest active register is 1. */ | |
4046 unsigned char r = *p - 1; | |
4047 while (r > 0 && !IS_ACTIVE (reg_info[r])) | |
4048 r--; | |
4049 | |
4050 /* If we end up at register zero, that means that we saved | |
4051 the registers as the result of an `on_failure_jump', not | |
4052 a `start_memory', and we jumped to past the innermost | |
4053 `stop_memory'. For example, in ((.)*) we save | |
4054 registers 1 and 2 as a result of the *, but when we pop | |
4055 back to the second ), we are at the stop_memory 1. | |
4056 Thus, nothing is active. */ | |
4057 if (r == 0) | |
4058 { | |
4059 lowest_active_reg = NO_LOWEST_ACTIVE_REG; | |
4060 highest_active_reg = NO_HIGHEST_ACTIVE_REG; | |
4061 } | |
4062 else | |
4063 highest_active_reg = r; | |
4064 } | |
4065 | |
4066 /* If just failed to match something this time around with a | |
4067 group that's operated on by a repetition operator, try to | |
1637 | 4068 force exit from the ``loop'', and restore the register |
1155 | 4069 information for this group that we had before trying this |
4070 last match. */ | |
4071 if ((!MATCHED_SOMETHING (reg_info[*p]) | |
5842 | 4072 || just_past_start_mem == p - 1) |
1155 | 4073 && (p + 2) < pend) |
4074 { | |
4075 boolean is_a_jump_n = false; | |
4076 | |
4077 p1 = p + 2; | |
4078 mcnt = 0; | |
4079 switch ((re_opcode_t) *p1++) | |
4080 { | |
4081 case jump_n: | |
4082 is_a_jump_n = true; | |
4083 case pop_failure_jump: | |
4084 case maybe_pop_jump: | |
4085 case jump: | |
4086 case dummy_failure_jump: | |
4087 EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (mcnt, p1); | |
4088 if (is_a_jump_n) | |
4089 p1 += 2; | |
4090 break; | |
4091 | |
4092 default: | |
4093 /* do nothing */ ; | |
4094 } | |
4095 p1 += mcnt; | |
4096 | |
4097 /* If the next operation is a jump backwards in the pattern | |
4098 to an on_failure_jump right before the start_memory | |
4099 corresponding to this stop_memory, exit from the loop | |
4100 by forcing a failure after pushing on the stack the | |
4101 on_failure_jump's jump in the pattern, and d. */ | |
4102 if (mcnt < 0 && (re_opcode_t) *p1 == on_failure_jump | |
4103 && (re_opcode_t) p1[3] == start_memory && p1[4] == *p) | |
4104 { | |
4105 /* If this group ever matched anything, then restore | |
4106 what its registers were before trying this last | |
4107 failed match, e.g., with `(a*)*b' against `ab' for | |
4108 regstart[1], and, e.g., with `((a*)*(b*)*)*' | |
4109 against `aba' for regend[3]. | |
4110 | |
4111 Also restore the registers for inner groups for, | |
4112 e.g., `((a*)(b*))*' against `aba' (register 3 would | |
4113 otherwise get trashed). */ | |
4114 | |
4115 if (EVER_MATCHED_SOMETHING (reg_info[*p])) | |
4116 { | |
4117 unsigned r; | |
4118 | |
4119 EVER_MATCHED_SOMETHING (reg_info[*p]) = 0; | |
4120 | |
4121 /* Restore this and inner groups' (if any) registers. */ | |
4122 for (r = *p; r < *p + *(p + 1); r++) | |
4123 { | |
4124 regstart[r] = old_regstart[r]; | |
4125 | |
4126 /* xx why this test? */ | |
11330
20a91bd7b59d
(re_match_2_internal): Eliminate cast of ptr to int.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10850
diff
changeset
|
4127 if (old_regend[r] >= regstart[r]) |
1155 | 4128 regend[r] = old_regend[r]; |
4129 } | |
4130 } | |
4131 p1++; | |
4132 EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (mcnt, p1); | |
4133 PUSH_FAILURE_POINT (p1 + mcnt, d, -2); | |
4134 | |
4135 goto fail; | |
4136 } | |
4137 } | |
4138 | |
4139 /* Move past the register number and the inner group count. */ | |
4140 p += 2; | |
4141 break; | |
4142 | |
4143 | |
4144 /* \<digit> has been turned into a `duplicate' command which is | |
4145 followed by the numeric value of <digit> as the register number. */ | |
4146 case duplicate: | |
4147 { | |
4148 register const char *d2, *dend2; | |
4149 int regno = *p++; /* Get which register to match against. */ | |
4150 DEBUG_PRINT2 ("EXECUTING duplicate %d.\n", regno); | |
4151 | |
4152 /* Can't back reference a group which we've never matched. */ | |
4153 if (REG_UNSET (regstart[regno]) || REG_UNSET (regend[regno])) | |
4154 goto fail; | |
4155 | |
4156 /* Where in input to try to start matching. */ | |
4157 d2 = regstart[regno]; | |
4158 | |
4159 /* Where to stop matching; if both the place to start and | |
4160 the place to stop matching are in the same string, then | |
4161 set to the place to stop, otherwise, for now have to use | |
4162 the end of the first string. */ | |
4163 | |
4164 dend2 = ((FIRST_STRING_P (regstart[regno]) | |
4165 == FIRST_STRING_P (regend[regno])) | |
4166 ? regend[regno] : end_match_1); | |
4167 for (;;) | |
4168 { | |
4169 /* If necessary, advance to next segment in register | |
4170 contents. */ | |
4171 while (d2 == dend2) | |
4172 { | |
4173 if (dend2 == end_match_2) break; | |
4174 if (dend2 == regend[regno]) break; | |
4175 | |
4176 /* End of string1 => advance to string2. */ | |
4177 d2 = string2; | |
4178 dend2 = regend[regno]; | |
4179 } | |
4180 /* At end of register contents => success */ | |
4181 if (d2 == dend2) break; | |
4182 | |
4183 /* If necessary, advance to next segment in data. */ | |
4184 PREFETCH (); | |
4185 | |
4186 /* How many characters left in this segment to match. */ | |
4187 mcnt = dend - d; | |
4188 | |
4189 /* Want how many consecutive characters we can match in | |
4190 one shot, so, if necessary, adjust the count. */ | |
4191 if (mcnt > dend2 - d2) | |
4192 mcnt = dend2 - d2; | |
4193 | |
4194 /* Compare that many; failure if mismatch, else move | |
4195 past them. */ | |
4196 if (translate | |
4197 ? bcmp_translate (d, d2, mcnt, translate) | |
4198 : bcmp (d, d2, mcnt)) | |
4199 goto fail; | |
4200 d += mcnt, d2 += mcnt; | |
10242
8fa35cc770be
(SET_REGS_MATCHED): Do nothing if set_regs_matched_done is 1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10148
diff
changeset
|
4201 |
8fa35cc770be
(SET_REGS_MATCHED): Do nothing if set_regs_matched_done is 1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10148
diff
changeset
|
4202 /* Do this because we've match some characters. */ |
8fa35cc770be
(SET_REGS_MATCHED): Do nothing if set_regs_matched_done is 1.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10148
diff
changeset
|
4203 SET_REGS_MATCHED (); |
1155 | 4204 } |
4205 } | |
4206 break; | |
4207 | |
4208 | |
4209 /* begline matches the empty string at the beginning of the string | |
4210 (unless `not_bol' is set in `bufp'), and, if | |
4211 `newline_anchor' is set, after newlines. */ | |
4212 case begline: | |
4213 DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING begline.\n"); | |
4214 | |
1637 | 4215 if (AT_STRINGS_BEG (d)) |
1155 | 4216 { |
4217 if (!bufp->not_bol) break; | |
4218 } | |
4219 else if (d[-1] == '\n' && bufp->newline_anchor) | |
4220 { | |
4221 break; | |
4222 } | |
4223 /* In all other cases, we fail. */ | |
4224 goto fail; | |
4225 | |
4226 | |
4227 /* endline is the dual of begline. */ | |
4228 case endline: | |
4229 DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING endline.\n"); | |
4230 | |
1637 | 4231 if (AT_STRINGS_END (d)) |
1155 | 4232 { |
4233 if (!bufp->not_eol) break; | |
4234 } | |
4235 | |
4236 /* We have to ``prefetch'' the next character. */ | |
4237 else if ((d == end1 ? *string2 : *d) == '\n' | |
4238 && bufp->newline_anchor) | |
4239 { | |
4240 break; | |
4241 } | |
4242 goto fail; | |
4243 | |
4244 | |
4245 /* Match at the very beginning of the data. */ | |
4246 case begbuf: | |
4247 DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING begbuf.\n"); | |
1637 | 4248 if (AT_STRINGS_BEG (d)) |
1155 | 4249 break; |
4250 goto fail; | |
4251 | |
4252 | |
4253 /* Match at the very end of the data. */ | |
4254 case endbuf: | |
4255 DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING endbuf.\n"); | |
1637 | 4256 if (AT_STRINGS_END (d)) |
1155 | 4257 break; |
4258 goto fail; | |
4259 | |
4260 | |
4261 /* on_failure_keep_string_jump is used to optimize `.*\n'. It | |
4262 pushes NULL as the value for the string on the stack. Then | |
4263 `pop_failure_point' will keep the current value for the | |
4264 string, instead of restoring it. To see why, consider | |
4265 matching `foo\nbar' against `.*\n'. The .* matches the foo; | |
4266 then the . fails against the \n. But the next thing we want | |
4267 to do is match the \n against the \n; if we restored the | |
4268 string value, we would be back at the foo. | |
4269 | |
4270 Because this is used only in specific cases, we don't need to | |
4271 check all the things that `on_failure_jump' does, to make | |
4272 sure the right things get saved on the stack. Hence we don't | |
4273 share its code. The only reason to push anything on the | |
4274 stack at all is that otherwise we would have to change | |
4275 `anychar's code to do something besides goto fail in this | |
4276 case; that seems worse than this. */ | |
4277 case on_failure_keep_string_jump: | |
4278 DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING on_failure_keep_string_jump"); | |
4279 | |
4280 EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (mcnt, p); | |
4281 DEBUG_PRINT3 (" %d (to 0x%x):\n", mcnt, p + mcnt); | |
4282 | |
4283 PUSH_FAILURE_POINT (p + mcnt, NULL, -2); | |
4284 break; | |
4285 | |
4286 | |
4287 /* Uses of on_failure_jump: | |
4288 | |
4289 Each alternative starts with an on_failure_jump that points | |
4290 to the beginning of the next alternative. Each alternative | |
4291 except the last ends with a jump that in effect jumps past | |
4292 the rest of the alternatives. (They really jump to the | |
4293 ending jump of the following alternative, because tensioning | |
4294 these jumps is a hassle.) | |
4295 | |
4296 Repeats start with an on_failure_jump that points past both | |
4297 the repetition text and either the following jump or | |
4298 pop_failure_jump back to this on_failure_jump. */ | |
4299 case on_failure_jump: | |
4300 on_failure: | |
4301 DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING on_failure_jump"); | |
4302 | |
4303 EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (mcnt, p); | |
4304 DEBUG_PRINT3 (" %d (to 0x%x)", mcnt, p + mcnt); | |
4305 | |
4306 /* If this on_failure_jump comes right before a group (i.e., | |
4307 the original * applied to a group), save the information | |
4308 for that group and all inner ones, so that if we fail back | |
4309 to this point, the group's information will be correct. | |
1637 | 4310 For example, in \(a*\)*\1, we need the preceding group, |
1155 | 4311 and in \(\(a*\)b*\)\2, we need the inner group. */ |
4312 | |
4313 /* We can't use `p' to check ahead because we push | |
4314 a failure point to `p + mcnt' after we do this. */ | |
4315 p1 = p; | |
4316 | |
4317 /* We need to skip no_op's before we look for the | |
4318 start_memory in case this on_failure_jump is happening as | |
4319 the result of a completed succeed_n, as in \(a\)\{1,3\}b\1 | |
4320 against aba. */ | |
4321 while (p1 < pend && (re_opcode_t) *p1 == no_op) | |
4322 p1++; | |
4323 | |
4324 if (p1 < pend && (re_opcode_t) *p1 == start_memory) | |
4325 { | |
4326 /* We have a new highest active register now. This will | |
4327 get reset at the start_memory we are about to get to, | |
4328 but we will have saved all the registers relevant to | |
4329 this repetition op, as described above. */ | |
4330 highest_active_reg = *(p1 + 1) + *(p1 + 2); | |
4331 if (lowest_active_reg == NO_LOWEST_ACTIVE_REG) | |
4332 lowest_active_reg = *(p1 + 1); | |
4333 } | |
4334 | |
4335 DEBUG_PRINT1 (":\n"); | |
4336 PUSH_FAILURE_POINT (p + mcnt, d, -2); | |
4337 break; | |
4338 | |
4339 | |
1637 | 4340 /* A smart repeat ends with `maybe_pop_jump'. |
4341 We change it to either `pop_failure_jump' or `jump'. */ | |
1155 | 4342 case maybe_pop_jump: |
4343 EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (mcnt, p); | |
4344 DEBUG_PRINT2 ("EXECUTING maybe_pop_jump %d.\n", mcnt); | |
4345 { | |
4346 register unsigned char *p2 = p; | |
4347 | |
4348 /* Compare the beginning of the repeat with what in the | |
4349 pattern follows its end. If we can establish that there | |
4350 is nothing that they would both match, i.e., that we | |
4351 would have to backtrack because of (as in, e.g., `a*a') | |
4352 then we can change to pop_failure_jump, because we'll | |
4353 never have to backtrack. | |
4354 | |
4355 This is not true in the case of alternatives: in | |
4356 `(a|ab)*' we do need to backtrack to the `ab' alternative | |
4357 (e.g., if the string was `ab'). But instead of trying to | |
4358 detect that here, the alternative has put on a dummy | |
4359 failure point which is what we will end up popping. */ | |
4360 | |
3541
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4361 /* Skip over open/close-group commands. |
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4362 If what follows this loop is a ...+ construct, |
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4363 look at what begins its body, since we will have to |
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4364 match at least one of that. */ |
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4365 while (1) |
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4366 { |
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4367 if (p2 + 2 < pend |
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4368 && ((re_opcode_t) *p2 == stop_memory |
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4369 || (re_opcode_t) *p2 == start_memory)) |
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4370 p2 += 3; |
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4371 else if (p2 + 6 < pend |
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4372 && (re_opcode_t) *p2 == dummy_failure_jump) |
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4373 p2 += 6; |
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4374 else |
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4375 break; |
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4376 } |
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4377 |
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4378 p1 = p + mcnt; |
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4379 /* p1[0] ... p1[2] are the `on_failure_jump' corresponding |
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4380 to the `maybe_finalize_jump' of this case. Examine what |
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4381 follows. */ |
1155 | 4382 |
4383 /* If we're at the end of the pattern, we can change. */ | |
4384 if (p2 == pend) | |
1669 | 4385 { |
4386 /* Consider what happens when matching ":\(.*\)" | |
4387 against ":/". I don't really understand this code | |
4388 yet. */ | |
1155 | 4389 p[-3] = (unsigned char) pop_failure_jump; |
1669 | 4390 DEBUG_PRINT1 |
4391 (" End of pattern: change to `pop_failure_jump'.\n"); | |
1155 | 4392 } |
4393 | |
4394 else if ((re_opcode_t) *p2 == exactn | |
4395 || (bufp->newline_anchor && (re_opcode_t) *p2 == endline)) | |
4396 { | |
4397 register unsigned char c | |
4398 = *p2 == (unsigned char) endline ? '\n' : p2[2]; | |
3541
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4399 |
1155 | 4400 if ((re_opcode_t) p1[3] == exactn && p1[5] != c) |
1637 | 4401 { |
4402 p[-3] = (unsigned char) pop_failure_jump; | |
4403 DEBUG_PRINT3 (" %c != %c => pop_failure_jump.\n", | |
4404 c, p1[5]); | |
4405 } | |
4406 | |
1155 | 4407 else if ((re_opcode_t) p1[3] == charset |
4408 || (re_opcode_t) p1[3] == charset_not) | |
4409 { | |
4410 int not = (re_opcode_t) p1[3] == charset_not; | |
4411 | |
4412 if (c < (unsigned char) (p1[4] * BYTEWIDTH) | |
4413 && p1[5 + c / BYTEWIDTH] & (1 << (c % BYTEWIDTH))) | |
4414 not = !not; | |
4415 | |
4416 /* `not' is equal to 1 if c would match, which means | |
4417 that we can't change to pop_failure_jump. */ | |
4418 if (!not) | |
4419 { | |
4420 p[-3] = (unsigned char) pop_failure_jump; | |
1637 | 4421 DEBUG_PRINT1 (" No match => pop_failure_jump.\n"); |
1155 | 4422 } |
4423 } | |
4424 } | |
3541
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4425 else if ((re_opcode_t) *p2 == charset) |
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4426 { |
7358 | 4427 #ifdef DEBUG |
3541
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4428 register unsigned char c |
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4429 = *p2 == (unsigned char) endline ? '\n' : p2[2]; |
7358 | 4430 #endif |
3541
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4431 |
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4432 if ((re_opcode_t) p1[3] == exactn |
8254
694c4686b446
(re_match_2_internal): Add casts to shut up some compilers.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8142
diff
changeset
|
4433 && ! ((int) p2[1] * BYTEWIDTH > (int) p1[4] |
3541
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4434 && (p2[1 + p1[4] / BYTEWIDTH] |
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4435 & (1 << (p1[4] % BYTEWIDTH))))) |
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4436 { |
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4437 p[-3] = (unsigned char) pop_failure_jump; |
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4438 DEBUG_PRINT3 (" %c != %c => pop_failure_jump.\n", |
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4439 c, p1[5]); |
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4440 } |
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4441 |
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4442 else if ((re_opcode_t) p1[3] == charset_not) |
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4443 { |
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4444 int idx; |
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4445 /* We win if the charset_not inside the loop |
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4446 lists every character listed in the charset after. */ |
8254
694c4686b446
(re_match_2_internal): Add casts to shut up some compilers.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8142
diff
changeset
|
4447 for (idx = 0; idx < (int) p2[1]; idx++) |
3541
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4448 if (! (p2[2 + idx] == 0 |
8254
694c4686b446
(re_match_2_internal): Add casts to shut up some compilers.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8142
diff
changeset
|
4449 || (idx < (int) p1[4] |
3541
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4450 && ((p2[2 + idx] & ~ p1[5 + idx]) == 0)))) |
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4451 break; |
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4452 |
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4453 if (idx == p2[1]) |
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4454 { |
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4455 p[-3] = (unsigned char) pop_failure_jump; |
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4456 DEBUG_PRINT1 (" No match => pop_failure_jump.\n"); |
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4457 } |
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4458 } |
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4459 else if ((re_opcode_t) p1[3] == charset) |
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4460 { |
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4461 int idx; |
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4462 /* We win if the charset inside the loop |
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4463 has no overlap with the one after the loop. */ |
8254
694c4686b446
(re_match_2_internal): Add casts to shut up some compilers.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8142
diff
changeset
|
4464 for (idx = 0; |
694c4686b446
(re_match_2_internal): Add casts to shut up some compilers.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8142
diff
changeset
|
4465 idx < (int) p2[1] && idx < (int) p1[4]; |
694c4686b446
(re_match_2_internal): Add casts to shut up some compilers.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
8142
diff
changeset
|
4466 idx++) |
3541
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4467 if ((p2[2 + idx] & p1[5 + idx]) != 0) |
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4468 break; |
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4469 |
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4470 if (idx == p2[1] || idx == p1[4]) |
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4471 { |
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4472 p[-3] = (unsigned char) pop_failure_jump; |
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4473 DEBUG_PRINT1 (" No match => pop_failure_jump.\n"); |
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4474 } |
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4475 } |
cb4aa2f13edd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2952
diff
changeset
|
4476 } |
1155 | 4477 } |
4478 p -= 2; /* Point at relative address again. */ | |
4479 if ((re_opcode_t) p[-1] != pop_failure_jump) | |
4480 { | |
4481 p[-1] = (unsigned char) jump; | |
1637 | 4482 DEBUG_PRINT1 (" Match => jump.\n"); |
1155 | 4483 goto unconditional_jump; |
4484 } | |
4485 /* Note fall through. */ | |
4486 | |
4487 | |
4488 /* The end of a simple repeat has a pop_failure_jump back to | |
4489 its matching on_failure_jump, where the latter will push a | |
4490 failure point. The pop_failure_jump takes off failure | |
4491 points put on by this pop_failure_jump's matching | |
4492 on_failure_jump; we got through the pattern to here from the | |
4493 matching on_failure_jump, so didn't fail. */ | |
4494 case pop_failure_jump: | |
4495 { | |
4496 /* We need to pass separate storage for the lowest and | |
4497 highest registers, even though we don't care about the | |
4498 actual values. Otherwise, we will restore only one | |
4499 register from the stack, since lowest will == highest in | |
4500 `pop_failure_point'. */ | |
4501 unsigned dummy_low_reg, dummy_high_reg; | |
4502 unsigned char *pdummy; | |
4503 const char *sdummy; | |
4504 | |
4505 DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING pop_failure_jump.\n"); | |
4506 POP_FAILURE_POINT (sdummy, pdummy, | |
4507 dummy_low_reg, dummy_high_reg, | |
4508 reg_dummy, reg_dummy, reg_info_dummy); | |
4509 } | |
4510 /* Note fall through. */ | |
4511 | |
4512 | |
4513 /* Unconditionally jump (without popping any failure points). */ | |
4514 case jump: | |
4515 unconditional_jump: | |
4516 EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (mcnt, p); /* Get the amount to jump. */ | |
4517 DEBUG_PRINT2 ("EXECUTING jump %d ", mcnt); | |
4518 p += mcnt; /* Do the jump. */ | |
4519 DEBUG_PRINT2 ("(to 0x%x).\n", p); | |
4520 break; | |
4521 | |
4522 | |
4523 /* We need this opcode so we can detect where alternatives end | |
4524 in `group_match_null_string_p' et al. */ | |
4525 case jump_past_alt: | |
4526 DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING jump_past_alt.\n"); | |
4527 goto unconditional_jump; | |
4528 | |
4529 | |
4530 /* Normally, the on_failure_jump pushes a failure point, which | |
4531 then gets popped at pop_failure_jump. We will end up at | |
4532 pop_failure_jump, also, and with a pattern of, say, `a+', we | |
4533 are skipping over the on_failure_jump, so we have to push | |
4534 something meaningless for pop_failure_jump to pop. */ | |
4535 case dummy_failure_jump: | |
4536 DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING dummy_failure_jump.\n"); | |
4537 /* It doesn't matter what we push for the string here. What | |
4538 the code at `fail' tests is the value for the pattern. */ | |
4539 PUSH_FAILURE_POINT (0, 0, -2); | |
4540 goto unconditional_jump; | |
4541 | |
4542 | |
4543 /* At the end of an alternative, we need to push a dummy failure | |
1637 | 4544 point in case we are followed by a `pop_failure_jump', because |
1155 | 4545 we don't want the failure point for the alternative to be |
4546 popped. For example, matching `(a|ab)*' against `aab' | |
4547 requires that we match the `ab' alternative. */ | |
4548 case push_dummy_failure: | |
4549 DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING push_dummy_failure.\n"); | |
4550 /* See comments just above at `dummy_failure_jump' about the | |
4551 two zeroes. */ | |
4552 PUSH_FAILURE_POINT (0, 0, -2); | |
4553 break; | |
4554 | |
4555 /* Have to succeed matching what follows at least n times. | |
4556 After that, handle like `on_failure_jump'. */ | |
4557 case succeed_n: | |
4558 EXTRACT_NUMBER (mcnt, p + 2); | |
4559 DEBUG_PRINT2 ("EXECUTING succeed_n %d.\n", mcnt); | |
4560 | |
4561 assert (mcnt >= 0); | |
4562 /* Originally, this is how many times we HAVE to succeed. */ | |
4563 if (mcnt > 0) | |
4564 { | |
4565 mcnt--; | |
4566 p += 2; | |
4567 STORE_NUMBER_AND_INCR (p, mcnt); | |
4568 DEBUG_PRINT3 (" Setting 0x%x to %d.\n", p, mcnt); | |
4569 } | |
4570 else if (mcnt == 0) | |
4571 { | |
4572 DEBUG_PRINT2 (" Setting two bytes from 0x%x to no_op.\n", p+2); | |
4573 p[2] = (unsigned char) no_op; | |
4574 p[3] = (unsigned char) no_op; | |
4575 goto on_failure; | |
4576 } | |
4577 break; | |
4578 | |
4579 case jump_n: | |
4580 EXTRACT_NUMBER (mcnt, p + 2); | |
4581 DEBUG_PRINT2 ("EXECUTING jump_n %d.\n", mcnt); | |
4582 | |
4583 /* Originally, this is how many times we CAN jump. */ | |
4584 if (mcnt) | |
4585 { | |
4586 mcnt--; | |
4587 STORE_NUMBER (p + 2, mcnt); | |
4588 goto unconditional_jump; | |
4589 } | |
4590 /* If don't have to jump any more, skip over the rest of command. */ | |
4591 else | |
4592 p += 4; | |
4593 break; | |
4594 | |
4595 case set_number_at: | |
4596 { | |
4597 DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING set_number_at.\n"); | |
4598 | |
4599 EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (mcnt, p); | |
4600 p1 = p + mcnt; | |
4601 EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (mcnt, p); | |
4602 DEBUG_PRINT3 (" Setting 0x%x to %d.\n", p1, mcnt); | |
4603 STORE_NUMBER (p1, mcnt); | |
4604 break; | |
4605 } | |
4606 | |
4607 case wordbound: | |
4608 DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING wordbound.\n"); | |
4609 if (AT_WORD_BOUNDARY (d)) | |
4610 break; | |
4611 goto fail; | |
4612 | |
4613 case notwordbound: | |
4614 DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING notwordbound.\n"); | |
4615 if (AT_WORD_BOUNDARY (d)) | |
4616 goto fail; | |
4617 break; | |
4618 | |
4619 case wordbeg: | |
4620 DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING wordbeg.\n"); | |
1637 | 4621 if (WORDCHAR_P (d) && (AT_STRINGS_BEG (d) || !WORDCHAR_P (d - 1))) |
1155 | 4622 break; |
4623 goto fail; | |
4624 | |
4625 case wordend: | |
4626 DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING wordend.\n"); | |
1637 | 4627 if (!AT_STRINGS_BEG (d) && WORDCHAR_P (d - 1) |
4628 && (!WORDCHAR_P (d) || AT_STRINGS_END (d))) | |
1155 | 4629 break; |
4630 goto fail; | |
4631 | |
4632 #ifdef emacs | |
4633 case before_dot: | |
4634 DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING before_dot.\n"); | |
4635 if (PTR_CHAR_POS ((unsigned char *) d) >= point) | |
4636 goto fail; | |
4637 break; | |
4638 | |
4639 case at_dot: | |
4640 DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING at_dot.\n"); | |
4641 if (PTR_CHAR_POS ((unsigned char *) d) != point) | |
4642 goto fail; | |
4643 break; | |
4644 | |
4645 case after_dot: | |
4646 DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING after_dot.\n"); | |
4647 if (PTR_CHAR_POS ((unsigned char *) d) <= point) | |
4648 goto fail; | |
4649 break; | |
6538
815a2d384b6e
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6202
diff
changeset
|
4650 #if 0 /* not emacs19 */ |
1155 | 4651 case at_dot: |
4652 DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING at_dot.\n"); | |
4653 if (PTR_CHAR_POS ((unsigned char *) d) + 1 != point) | |
4654 goto fail; | |
4655 break; | |
4656 #endif /* not emacs19 */ | |
4657 | |
4658 case syntaxspec: | |
4659 DEBUG_PRINT2 ("EXECUTING syntaxspec %d.\n", mcnt); | |
4660 mcnt = *p++; | |
4661 goto matchsyntax; | |
4662 | |
4663 case wordchar: | |
1637 | 4664 DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING Emacs wordchar.\n"); |
1155 | 4665 mcnt = (int) Sword; |
4666 matchsyntax: | |
4667 PREFETCH (); | |
6047 | 4668 /* Can't use *d++ here; SYNTAX may be an unsafe macro. */ |
4669 d++; | |
4670 if (SYNTAX (d[-1]) != (enum syntaxcode) mcnt) | |
4671 goto fail; | |
1155 | 4672 SET_REGS_MATCHED (); |
4673 break; | |
4674 | |
4675 case notsyntaxspec: | |
4676 DEBUG_PRINT2 ("EXECUTING notsyntaxspec %d.\n", mcnt); | |
4677 mcnt = *p++; | |
4678 goto matchnotsyntax; | |
4679 | |
4680 case notwordchar: | |
1637 | 4681 DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING Emacs notwordchar.\n"); |
1155 | 4682 mcnt = (int) Sword; |
1637 | 4683 matchnotsyntax: |
1155 | 4684 PREFETCH (); |
6047 | 4685 /* Can't use *d++ here; SYNTAX may be an unsafe macro. */ |
4686 d++; | |
4687 if (SYNTAX (d[-1]) == (enum syntaxcode) mcnt) | |
4688 goto fail; | |
1155 | 4689 SET_REGS_MATCHED (); |
4690 break; | |
4691 | |
4692 #else /* not emacs */ | |
4693 case wordchar: | |
4694 DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING non-Emacs wordchar.\n"); | |
4695 PREFETCH (); | |
1637 | 4696 if (!WORDCHAR_P (d)) |
1155 | 4697 goto fail; |
4698 SET_REGS_MATCHED (); | |
1637 | 4699 d++; |
1155 | 4700 break; |
4701 | |
4702 case notwordchar: | |
4703 DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING non-Emacs notwordchar.\n"); | |
4704 PREFETCH (); | |
1637 | 4705 if (WORDCHAR_P (d)) |
1155 | 4706 goto fail; |
4707 SET_REGS_MATCHED (); | |
1637 | 4708 d++; |
1155 | 4709 break; |
4710 #endif /* not emacs */ | |
4711 | |
4712 default: | |
4713 abort (); | |
4714 } | |
4715 continue; /* Successfully executed one pattern command; keep going. */ | |
4716 | |
4717 | |
4718 /* We goto here if a matching operation fails. */ | |
4719 fail: | |
4720 if (!FAIL_STACK_EMPTY ()) | |
4721 { /* A restart point is known. Restore to that state. */ | |
4722 DEBUG_PRINT1 ("\nFAIL:\n"); | |
4723 POP_FAILURE_POINT (d, p, | |
4724 lowest_active_reg, highest_active_reg, | |
4725 regstart, regend, reg_info); | |
4726 | |
4727 /* If this failure point is a dummy, try the next one. */ | |
4728 if (!p) | |
4729 goto fail; | |
4730 | |
4731 /* If we failed to the end of the pattern, don't examine *p. */ | |
4732 assert (p <= pend); | |
4733 if (p < pend) | |
4734 { | |
4735 boolean is_a_jump_n = false; | |
4736 | |
4737 /* If failed to a backwards jump that's part of a repetition | |
4738 loop, need to pop this failure point and use the next one. */ | |
4739 switch ((re_opcode_t) *p) | |
4740 { | |
4741 case jump_n: | |
4742 is_a_jump_n = true; | |
4743 case maybe_pop_jump: | |
4744 case pop_failure_jump: | |
4745 case jump: | |
4746 p1 = p + 1; | |
4747 EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (mcnt, p1); | |
4748 p1 += mcnt; | |
4749 | |
4750 if ((is_a_jump_n && (re_opcode_t) *p1 == succeed_n) | |
4751 || (!is_a_jump_n | |
4752 && (re_opcode_t) *p1 == on_failure_jump)) | |
4753 goto fail; | |
4754 break; | |
4755 default: | |
4756 /* do nothing */ ; | |
4757 } | |
4758 } | |
4759 | |
4760 if (d >= string1 && d <= end1) | |
4761 dend = end_match_1; | |
4762 } | |
4763 else | |
4764 break; /* Matching at this starting point really fails. */ | |
4765 } /* for (;;) */ | |
4766 | |
4767 if (best_regs_set) | |
4768 goto restore_best_regs; | |
4769 | |
4770 FREE_VARIABLES (); | |
4771 | |
4772 return -1; /* Failure to match. */ | |
4773 } /* re_match_2 */ | |
4774 | |
4775 /* Subroutine definitions for re_match_2. */ | |
4776 | |
4777 | |
4778 /* We are passed P pointing to a register number after a start_memory. | |
4779 | |
4780 Return true if the pattern up to the corresponding stop_memory can | |
4781 match the empty string, and false otherwise. | |
4782 | |
4783 If we find the matching stop_memory, sets P to point to one past its number. | |
4784 Otherwise, sets P to an undefined byte less than or equal to END. | |
4785 | |
4786 We don't handle duplicates properly (yet). */ | |
4787 | |
4788 static boolean | |
4789 group_match_null_string_p (p, end, reg_info) | |
4790 unsigned char **p, *end; | |
4791 register_info_type *reg_info; | |
4792 { | |
4793 int mcnt; | |
4794 /* Point to after the args to the start_memory. */ | |
4795 unsigned char *p1 = *p + 2; | |
4796 | |
4797 while (p1 < end) | |
4798 { | |
4799 /* Skip over opcodes that can match nothing, and return true or | |
4800 false, as appropriate, when we get to one that can't, or to the | |
4801 matching stop_memory. */ | |
4802 | |
4803 switch ((re_opcode_t) *p1) | |
4804 { | |
4805 /* Could be either a loop or a series of alternatives. */ | |
4806 case on_failure_jump: | |
4807 p1++; | |
4808 EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (mcnt, p1); | |
4809 | |
4810 /* If the next operation is not a jump backwards in the | |
4811 pattern. */ | |
4812 | |
4813 if (mcnt >= 0) | |
4814 { | |
4815 /* Go through the on_failure_jumps of the alternatives, | |
4816 seeing if any of the alternatives cannot match nothing. | |
4817 The last alternative starts with only a jump, | |
4818 whereas the rest start with on_failure_jump and end | |
4819 with a jump, e.g., here is the pattern for `a|b|c': | |
4820 | |
4821 /on_failure_jump/0/6/exactn/1/a/jump_past_alt/0/6 | |
4822 /on_failure_jump/0/6/exactn/1/b/jump_past_alt/0/3 | |
4823 /exactn/1/c | |
4824 | |
4825 So, we have to first go through the first (n-1) | |
4826 alternatives and then deal with the last one separately. */ | |
4827 | |
4828 | |
4829 /* Deal with the first (n-1) alternatives, which start | |
4830 with an on_failure_jump (see above) that jumps to right | |
4831 past a jump_past_alt. */ | |
4832 | |
4833 while ((re_opcode_t) p1[mcnt-3] == jump_past_alt) | |
4834 { | |
4835 /* `mcnt' holds how many bytes long the alternative | |
4836 is, including the ending `jump_past_alt' and | |
4837 its number. */ | |
4838 | |
4839 if (!alt_match_null_string_p (p1, p1 + mcnt - 3, | |
4840 reg_info)) | |
4841 return false; | |
4842 | |
4843 /* Move to right after this alternative, including the | |
4844 jump_past_alt. */ | |
4845 p1 += mcnt; | |
4846 | |
4847 /* Break if it's the beginning of an n-th alternative | |
4848 that doesn't begin with an on_failure_jump. */ | |
4849 if ((re_opcode_t) *p1 != on_failure_jump) | |
4850 break; | |
4851 | |
4852 /* Still have to check that it's not an n-th | |
4853 alternative that starts with an on_failure_jump. */ | |
4854 p1++; | |
4855 EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (mcnt, p1); | |
4856 if ((re_opcode_t) p1[mcnt-3] != jump_past_alt) | |
4857 { | |
4858 /* Get to the beginning of the n-th alternative. */ | |
4859 p1 -= 3; | |
4860 break; | |
4861 } | |
4862 } | |
4863 | |
4864 /* Deal with the last alternative: go back and get number | |
4865 of the `jump_past_alt' just before it. `mcnt' contains | |
4866 the length of the alternative. */ | |
4867 EXTRACT_NUMBER (mcnt, p1 - 2); | |
4868 | |
4869 if (!alt_match_null_string_p (p1, p1 + mcnt, reg_info)) | |
4870 return false; | |
4871 | |
4872 p1 += mcnt; /* Get past the n-th alternative. */ | |
4873 } /* if mcnt > 0 */ | |
4874 break; | |
4875 | |
4876 | |
4877 case stop_memory: | |
4878 assert (p1[1] == **p); | |
4879 *p = p1 + 2; | |
4880 return true; | |
4881 | |
4882 | |
4883 default: | |
4884 if (!common_op_match_null_string_p (&p1, end, reg_info)) | |
4885 return false; | |
4886 } | |
4887 } /* while p1 < end */ | |
4888 | |
4889 return false; | |
4890 } /* group_match_null_string_p */ | |
4891 | |
4892 | |
4893 /* Similar to group_match_null_string_p, but doesn't deal with alternatives: | |
4894 It expects P to be the first byte of a single alternative and END one | |
4895 byte past the last. The alternative can contain groups. */ | |
4896 | |
4897 static boolean | |
4898 alt_match_null_string_p (p, end, reg_info) | |
4899 unsigned char *p, *end; | |
4900 register_info_type *reg_info; | |
4901 { | |
4902 int mcnt; | |
4903 unsigned char *p1 = p; | |
4904 | |
4905 while (p1 < end) | |
4906 { | |
4907 /* Skip over opcodes that can match nothing, and break when we get | |
4908 to one that can't. */ | |
4909 | |
4910 switch ((re_opcode_t) *p1) | |
4911 { | |
4912 /* It's a loop. */ | |
4913 case on_failure_jump: | |
4914 p1++; | |
4915 EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (mcnt, p1); | |
4916 p1 += mcnt; | |
4917 break; | |
4918 | |
4919 default: | |
4920 if (!common_op_match_null_string_p (&p1, end, reg_info)) | |
4921 return false; | |
4922 } | |
4923 } /* while p1 < end */ | |
4924 | |
4925 return true; | |
4926 } /* alt_match_null_string_p */ | |
4927 | |
4928 | |
4929 /* Deals with the ops common to group_match_null_string_p and | |
4930 alt_match_null_string_p. | |
4931 | |
4932 Sets P to one after the op and its arguments, if any. */ | |
4933 | |
4934 static boolean | |
4935 common_op_match_null_string_p (p, end, reg_info) | |
4936 unsigned char **p, *end; | |
4937 register_info_type *reg_info; | |
4938 { | |
4939 int mcnt; | |
4940 boolean ret; | |
4941 int reg_no; | |
4942 unsigned char *p1 = *p; | |
4943 | |
4944 switch ((re_opcode_t) *p1++) | |
4945 { | |
4946 case no_op: | |
4947 case begline: | |
4948 case endline: | |
4949 case begbuf: | |
4950 case endbuf: | |
4951 case wordbeg: | |
4952 case wordend: | |
4953 case wordbound: | |
4954 case notwordbound: | |
4955 #ifdef emacs | |
4956 case before_dot: | |
4957 case at_dot: | |
4958 case after_dot: | |
4959 #endif | |
4960 break; | |
4961 | |
4962 case start_memory: | |
4963 reg_no = *p1; | |
4964 assert (reg_no > 0 && reg_no <= MAX_REGNUM); | |
4965 ret = group_match_null_string_p (&p1, end, reg_info); | |
4966 | |
4967 /* Have to set this here in case we're checking a group which | |
4968 contains a group and a back reference to it. */ | |
4969 | |
4970 if (REG_MATCH_NULL_STRING_P (reg_info[reg_no]) == MATCH_NULL_UNSET_VALUE) | |
4971 REG_MATCH_NULL_STRING_P (reg_info[reg_no]) = ret; | |
4972 | |
4973 if (!ret) | |
4974 return false; | |
4975 break; | |
4976 | |
4977 /* If this is an optimized succeed_n for zero times, make the jump. */ | |
4978 case jump: | |
4979 EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (mcnt, p1); | |
4980 if (mcnt >= 0) | |
4981 p1 += mcnt; | |
4982 else | |
4983 return false; | |
4984 break; | |
4985 | |
4986 case succeed_n: | |
4987 /* Get to the number of times to succeed. */ | |
4988 p1 += 2; | |
4989 EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (mcnt, p1); | |
4990 | |
4991 if (mcnt == 0) | |
4992 { | |
4993 p1 -= 4; | |
4994 EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (mcnt, p1); | |
4995 p1 += mcnt; | |
4996 } | |
4997 else | |
4998 return false; | |
4999 break; | |
5000 | |
5001 case duplicate: | |
5002 if (!REG_MATCH_NULL_STRING_P (reg_info[*p1])) | |
5003 return false; | |
5004 break; | |
5005 | |
5006 case set_number_at: | |
5007 p1 += 4; | |
5008 | |
5009 default: | |
5010 /* All other opcodes mean we cannot match the empty string. */ | |
5011 return false; | |
5012 } | |
5013 | |
5014 *p = p1; | |
5015 return true; | |
5016 } /* common_op_match_null_string_p */ | |
5017 | |
5018 | |
5019 /* Return zero if TRANSLATE[S1] and TRANSLATE[S2] are identical for LEN | |
5020 bytes; nonzero otherwise. */ | |
5021 | |
5022 static int | |
5023 bcmp_translate (s1, s2, len, translate) | |
5024 unsigned char *s1, *s2; | |
5025 register int len; | |
5026 char *translate; | |
5027 { | |
5028 register unsigned char *p1 = s1, *p2 = s2; | |
5029 while (len) | |
5030 { | |
5031 if (translate[*p1++] != translate[*p2++]) return 1; | |
5032 len--; | |
5033 } | |
5034 return 0; | |
5035 } | |
5036 | |
5037 /* Entry points for GNU code. */ | |
5038 | |
5039 /* re_compile_pattern is the GNU regular expression compiler: it | |
5040 compiles PATTERN (of length SIZE) and puts the result in BUFP. | |
5041 Returns 0 if the pattern was valid, otherwise an error string. | |
5042 | |
5043 Assumes the `allocated' (and perhaps `buffer') and `translate' fields | |
5044 are set in BUFP on entry. | |
5045 | |
5046 We call regex_compile to do the actual compilation. */ | |
5047 | |
5048 const char * | |
5049 re_compile_pattern (pattern, length, bufp) | |
5050 const char *pattern; | |
5051 int length; | |
5052 struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp; | |
5053 { | |
5054 reg_errcode_t ret; | |
5055 | |
5056 /* GNU code is written to assume at least RE_NREGS registers will be set | |
5057 (and at least one extra will be -1). */ | |
5058 bufp->regs_allocated = REGS_UNALLOCATED; | |
5059 | |
5060 /* And GNU code determines whether or not to get register information | |
5061 by passing null for the REGS argument to re_match, etc., not by | |
5062 setting no_sub. */ | |
5063 bufp->no_sub = 0; | |
5064 | |
5065 /* Match anchors at newline. */ | |
5066 bufp->newline_anchor = 1; | |
5067 | |
5068 ret = regex_compile (pattern, length, re_syntax_options, bufp); | |
5069 | |
10090
672e07670453
(re_compile_pattern, re_comp, regerror): Add gettext wrapper.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
10023
diff
changeset
|
5070 if (!ret) |
672e07670453
(re_compile_pattern, re_comp, regerror): Add gettext wrapper.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
10023
diff
changeset
|
5071 return NULL; |
672e07670453
(re_compile_pattern, re_comp, regerror): Add gettext wrapper.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
10023
diff
changeset
|
5072 return gettext (re_error_msgid[(int) ret]); |
1155 | 5073 } |
5074 | |
5075 /* Entry points compatible with 4.2 BSD regex library. We don't define | |
9717
96a592ccb751
(re_comp, re_exec): Define this obsolete 4.2bsd
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
9585
diff
changeset
|
5076 them unless specifically requested. */ |
96a592ccb751
(re_comp, re_exec): Define this obsolete 4.2bsd
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
9585
diff
changeset
|
5077 |
96a592ccb751
(re_comp, re_exec): Define this obsolete 4.2bsd
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
9585
diff
changeset
|
5078 #ifdef _REGEX_RE_COMP |
1155 | 5079 |
5080 /* BSD has one and only one pattern buffer. */ | |
5081 static struct re_pattern_buffer re_comp_buf; | |
5082 | |
5083 char * | |
5084 re_comp (s) | |
5085 const char *s; | |
5086 { | |
5087 reg_errcode_t ret; | |
5088 | |
5089 if (!s) | |
5090 { | |
5091 if (!re_comp_buf.buffer) | |
10090
672e07670453
(re_compile_pattern, re_comp, regerror): Add gettext wrapper.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
10023
diff
changeset
|
5092 return gettext ("No previous regular expression"); |
1155 | 5093 return 0; |
5094 } | |
5095 | |
5096 if (!re_comp_buf.buffer) | |
5097 { | |
5098 re_comp_buf.buffer = (unsigned char *) malloc (200); | |
5099 if (re_comp_buf.buffer == NULL) | |
10090
672e07670453
(re_compile_pattern, re_comp, regerror): Add gettext wrapper.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
10023
diff
changeset
|
5100 return gettext (re_error_msgid[(int) REG_ESPACE]); |
1155 | 5101 re_comp_buf.allocated = 200; |
5102 | |
5103 re_comp_buf.fastmap = (char *) malloc (1 << BYTEWIDTH); | |
5104 if (re_comp_buf.fastmap == NULL) | |
10090
672e07670453
(re_compile_pattern, re_comp, regerror): Add gettext wrapper.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
10023
diff
changeset
|
5105 return gettext (re_error_msgid[(int) REG_ESPACE]); |
1155 | 5106 } |
5107 | |
5108 /* Since `re_exec' always passes NULL for the `regs' argument, we | |
5109 don't need to initialize the pattern buffer fields which affect it. */ | |
5110 | |
5111 /* Match anchors at newlines. */ | |
5112 re_comp_buf.newline_anchor = 1; | |
5113 | |
5114 ret = regex_compile (s, strlen (s), re_syntax_options, &re_comp_buf); | |
5115 | |
10090
672e07670453
(re_compile_pattern, re_comp, regerror): Add gettext wrapper.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
10023
diff
changeset
|
5116 if (!ret) |
672e07670453
(re_compile_pattern, re_comp, regerror): Add gettext wrapper.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
10023
diff
changeset
|
5117 return NULL; |
672e07670453
(re_compile_pattern, re_comp, regerror): Add gettext wrapper.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
10023
diff
changeset
|
5118 |
672e07670453
(re_compile_pattern, re_comp, regerror): Add gettext wrapper.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
10023
diff
changeset
|
5119 /* Yes, we're discarding `const' here if !HAVE_LIBINTL. */ |
672e07670453
(re_compile_pattern, re_comp, regerror): Add gettext wrapper.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
10023
diff
changeset
|
5120 return (char *) gettext (re_error_msgid[(int) ret]); |
1155 | 5121 } |
5122 | |
5123 | |
5124 int | |
5125 re_exec (s) | |
5126 const char *s; | |
5127 { | |
5128 const int len = strlen (s); | |
5129 return | |
5130 0 <= re_search (&re_comp_buf, s, len, 0, len, (struct re_registers *) 0); | |
5131 } | |
9717
96a592ccb751
(re_comp, re_exec): Define this obsolete 4.2bsd
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
9585
diff
changeset
|
5132 #endif /* _REGEX_RE_COMP */ |
1155 | 5133 |
5134 /* POSIX.2 functions. Don't define these for Emacs. */ | |
5135 | |
5136 #ifndef emacs | |
5137 | |
5138 /* regcomp takes a regular expression as a string and compiles it. | |
5139 | |
5140 PREG is a regex_t *. We do not expect any fields to be initialized, | |
5141 since POSIX says we shouldn't. Thus, we set | |
5142 | |
5143 `buffer' to the compiled pattern; | |
5144 `used' to the length of the compiled pattern; | |
5145 `syntax' to RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED if the | |
5146 REG_EXTENDED bit in CFLAGS is set; otherwise, to | |
5147 RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC; | |
5148 `newline_anchor' to REG_NEWLINE being set in CFLAGS; | |
5149 `fastmap' and `fastmap_accurate' to zero; | |
5150 `re_nsub' to the number of subexpressions in PATTERN. | |
5151 | |
5152 PATTERN is the address of the pattern string. | |
5153 | |
5154 CFLAGS is a series of bits which affect compilation. | |
5155 | |
5156 If REG_EXTENDED is set, we use POSIX extended syntax; otherwise, we | |
5157 use POSIX basic syntax. | |
5158 | |
5159 If REG_NEWLINE is set, then . and [^...] don't match newline. | |
5160 Also, regexec will try a match beginning after every newline. | |
5161 | |
5162 If REG_ICASE is set, then we considers upper- and lowercase | |
5163 versions of letters to be equivalent when matching. | |
5164 | |
5165 If REG_NOSUB is set, then when PREG is passed to regexec, that | |
5166 routine will report only success or failure, and nothing about the | |
5167 registers. | |
5168 | |
5169 It returns 0 if it succeeds, nonzero if it doesn't. (See regex.h for | |
5170 the return codes and their meanings.) */ | |
5171 | |
5172 int | |
5173 regcomp (preg, pattern, cflags) | |
5174 regex_t *preg; | |
5175 const char *pattern; | |
5176 int cflags; | |
5177 { | |
5178 reg_errcode_t ret; | |
5179 unsigned syntax | |
1642
340feb030df1
*** empty log message ***
David J. MacKenzie <djm@gnu.org>
parents:
1641
diff
changeset
|
5180 = (cflags & REG_EXTENDED) ? |
340feb030df1
*** empty log message ***
David J. MacKenzie <djm@gnu.org>
parents:
1641
diff
changeset
|
5181 RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED : RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC; |
1155 | 5182 |
5183 /* regex_compile will allocate the space for the compiled pattern. */ | |
5184 preg->buffer = 0; | |
1642
340feb030df1
*** empty log message ***
David J. MacKenzie <djm@gnu.org>
parents:
1641
diff
changeset
|
5185 preg->allocated = 0; |
2758 | 5186 preg->used = 0; |
1155 | 5187 |
5188 /* Don't bother to use a fastmap when searching. This simplifies the | |
5189 REG_NEWLINE case: if we used a fastmap, we'd have to put all the | |
5190 characters after newlines into the fastmap. This way, we just try | |
5191 every character. */ | |
5192 preg->fastmap = 0; | |
5193 | |
5194 if (cflags & REG_ICASE) | |
5195 { | |
5196 unsigned i; | |
5197 | |
5198 preg->translate = (char *) malloc (CHAR_SET_SIZE); | |
5199 if (preg->translate == NULL) | |
5200 return (int) REG_ESPACE; | |
5201 | |
5202 /* Map uppercase characters to corresponding lowercase ones. */ | |
5203 for (i = 0; i < CHAR_SET_SIZE; i++) | |
1668 | 5204 preg->translate[i] = ISUPPER (i) ? tolower (i) : i; |
1155 | 5205 } |
5206 else | |
5207 preg->translate = NULL; | |
5208 | |
5209 /* If REG_NEWLINE is set, newlines are treated differently. */ | |
5210 if (cflags & REG_NEWLINE) | |
5211 { /* REG_NEWLINE implies neither . nor [^...] match newline. */ | |
5212 syntax &= ~RE_DOT_NEWLINE; | |
5213 syntax |= RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE; | |
5214 /* It also changes the matching behavior. */ | |
5215 preg->newline_anchor = 1; | |
5216 } | |
5217 else | |
5218 preg->newline_anchor = 0; | |
5219 | |
5220 preg->no_sub = !!(cflags & REG_NOSUB); | |
5221 | |
5222 /* POSIX says a null character in the pattern terminates it, so we | |
5223 can use strlen here in compiling the pattern. */ | |
5224 ret = regex_compile (pattern, strlen (pattern), syntax, preg); | |
5225 | |
5226 /* POSIX doesn't distinguish between an unmatched open-group and an | |
5227 unmatched close-group: both are REG_EPAREN. */ | |
5228 if (ret == REG_ERPAREN) ret = REG_EPAREN; | |
5229 | |
5230 return (int) ret; | |
5231 } | |
5232 | |
5233 | |
5234 /* regexec searches for a given pattern, specified by PREG, in the | |
5235 string STRING. | |
5236 | |
5237 If NMATCH is zero or REG_NOSUB was set in the cflags argument to | |
5238 `regcomp', we ignore PMATCH. Otherwise, we assume PMATCH has at | |
5239 least NMATCH elements, and we set them to the offsets of the | |
5240 corresponding matched substrings. | |
5241 | |
5242 EFLAGS specifies `execution flags' which affect matching: if | |
5243 REG_NOTBOL is set, then ^ does not match at the beginning of the | |
5244 string; if REG_NOTEOL is set, then $ does not match at the end. | |
5245 | |
5246 We return 0 if we find a match and REG_NOMATCH if not. */ | |
5247 | |
5248 int | |
5249 regexec (preg, string, nmatch, pmatch, eflags) | |
5250 const regex_t *preg; | |
5251 const char *string; | |
5252 size_t nmatch; | |
5253 regmatch_t pmatch[]; | |
5254 int eflags; | |
5255 { | |
5256 int ret; | |
5257 struct re_registers regs; | |
5258 regex_t private_preg; | |
5259 int len = strlen (string); | |
5260 boolean want_reg_info = !preg->no_sub && nmatch > 0; | |
5261 | |
5262 private_preg = *preg; | |
5263 | |
5264 private_preg.not_bol = !!(eflags & REG_NOTBOL); | |
5265 private_preg.not_eol = !!(eflags & REG_NOTEOL); | |
5266 | |
5267 /* The user has told us exactly how many registers to return | |
5268 information about, via `nmatch'. We have to pass that on to the | |
5269 matching routines. */ | |
5270 private_preg.regs_allocated = REGS_FIXED; | |
5271 | |
5272 if (want_reg_info) | |
5273 { | |
5274 regs.num_regs = nmatch; | |
5275 regs.start = TALLOC (nmatch, regoff_t); | |
5276 regs.end = TALLOC (nmatch, regoff_t); | |
5277 if (regs.start == NULL || regs.end == NULL) | |
5278 return (int) REG_NOMATCH; | |
5279 } | |
5280 | |
5281 /* Perform the searching operation. */ | |
5282 ret = re_search (&private_preg, string, len, | |
5283 /* start: */ 0, /* range: */ len, | |
5284 want_reg_info ? ®s : (struct re_registers *) 0); | |
5285 | |
5286 /* Copy the register information to the POSIX structure. */ | |
5287 if (want_reg_info) | |
5288 { | |
5289 if (ret >= 0) | |
5290 { | |
5291 unsigned r; | |
5292 | |
5293 for (r = 0; r < nmatch; r++) | |
5294 { | |
5295 pmatch[r].rm_so = regs.start[r]; | |
5296 pmatch[r].rm_eo = regs.end[r]; | |
5297 } | |
5298 } | |
5299 | |
5300 /* If we needed the temporary register info, free the space now. */ | |
5301 free (regs.start); | |
5302 free (regs.end); | |
5303 } | |
5304 | |
5305 /* We want zero return to mean success, unlike `re_search'. */ | |
5306 return ret >= 0 ? (int) REG_NOERROR : (int) REG_NOMATCH; | |
5307 } | |
5308 | |
5309 | |
5310 /* Returns a message corresponding to an error code, ERRCODE, returned | |
1637 | 5311 from either regcomp or regexec. We don't use PREG here. */ |
1155 | 5312 |
5313 size_t | |
5314 regerror (errcode, preg, errbuf, errbuf_size) | |
5315 int errcode; | |
5316 const regex_t *preg; | |
5317 char *errbuf; | |
5318 size_t errbuf_size; | |
5319 { | |
1738 | 5320 const char *msg; |
5321 size_t msg_size; | |
5322 | |
5323 if (errcode < 0 | |
10090
672e07670453
(re_compile_pattern, re_comp, regerror): Add gettext wrapper.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
10023
diff
changeset
|
5324 || errcode >= (sizeof (re_error_msgid) / sizeof (re_error_msgid[0]))) |
1738 | 5325 /* Only error codes returned by the rest of the code should be passed |
5326 to this routine. If we are given anything else, or if other regex | |
5327 code generates an invalid error code, then the program has a bug. | |
5328 Dump core so we can fix it. */ | |
5329 abort (); | |
5330 | |
10090
672e07670453
(re_compile_pattern, re_comp, regerror): Add gettext wrapper.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
10023
diff
changeset
|
5331 msg = gettext (re_error_msgid[errcode]); |
2453 | 5332 |
1738 | 5333 msg_size = strlen (msg) + 1; /* Includes the null. */ |
1155 | 5334 |
5335 if (errbuf_size != 0) | |
5336 { | |
5337 if (msg_size > errbuf_size) | |
5338 { | |
5339 strncpy (errbuf, msg, errbuf_size - 1); | |
5340 errbuf[errbuf_size - 1] = 0; | |
5341 } | |
5342 else | |
5343 strcpy (errbuf, msg); | |
5344 } | |
5345 | |
5346 return msg_size; | |
5347 } | |
5348 | |
5349 | |
5350 /* Free dynamically allocated space used by PREG. */ | |
5351 | |
5352 void | |
5353 regfree (preg) | |
5354 regex_t *preg; | |
5355 { | |
5356 if (preg->buffer != NULL) | |
5357 free (preg->buffer); | |
5358 preg->buffer = NULL; | |
5359 | |
5360 preg->allocated = 0; | |
5361 preg->used = 0; | |
5362 | |
5363 if (preg->fastmap != NULL) | |
5364 free (preg->fastmap); | |
5365 preg->fastmap = NULL; | |
5366 preg->fastmap_accurate = 0; | |
5367 | |
5368 if (preg->translate != NULL) | |
5369 free (preg->translate); | |
5370 preg->translate = NULL; | |
5371 } | |
5372 | |
5373 #endif /* not emacs */ | |
5374 | |
5375 /* | |
5376 Local variables: | |
5377 make-backup-files: t | |
5378 version-control: t | |
5379 trim-versions-without-asking: nil | |
5380 End: | |
5381 */ |